Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

С английского на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Все языки
Английский
Немецкий
Русский

οἱ θεοί

Толкование Перевод

1 θεοί

θεοῖ

θεάω

gaze at: pres opt act 3rd sg (attic epic doric ionic)

Morphologia Graeca > θεοί
2 θεοῖ

θεοῖ

θεάω

gaze at: pres opt act 3rd sg (attic epic doric ionic)

Morphologia Graeca > θεοῖ
3 θέοι

θέοῑ, θέω

dhávate: pres opt act 3rd sg (epic doric ionic aeolic)

Morphologia Graeca > θέοι
4 θεοί

θεός

God: masc nom /voc pl

Morphologia Graeca > θεοί
5 θεός

θεός (ὁ, ἡ; v. θεά: θελτ;γτ;ός, θεός, θεοῦ, θεοῖο, θεῷ, θεῷ, θεόν; θεοί, θεοί, θεῶν, θεων, θεοῖς, θεοῖσι, θεούς, θεοί.)

1 god

1 unspecified. ( Τάνταλος)
θεοῖσι δεῖπνα παρέχων O. 1.39

θεὸς ἐπίτροπος ἐὼν τεαῖσι μήδεται μερίμναισιν O. 1.106
ὅταν θεοῦ Μοῖρα πέμπῃ ἀνεκὰς ὄλβον ὑψηλόν fate dispensed by god O. 2.21
παρὰ μὲν τιμίοις θεῶν ἄδακρυν νέμονται αἰῶνα O. 2.66

θεὸς εὔφρων εἴη λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς O. 4.12
βωμοὺς ἓξ διδύμους ἐγέραρεν ἑορταῖς θεῶν μεγίσταις at Olympia O. 5.5
μὴ ματεύσῃ θεὸς γενέσθαι O. 5.24

θεῶν κάρυκα Ἑρμᾶν O. 6.78

θεῶν βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας O. 7.34

θεῶν δ' ὅρκον μέγαν μὴ παρφάμεν O. 7.65

Τλαπολέμῳ ἵσταται ὥσπερ θεῷ πομπὰ καὶ κρίσις O. 7.79

ἐπεὶ τό γε λοιδορῆσαι θεοὺς ἐχθρὰ σοφία O. 9.37

ἄνευ δὲ θεοῦ σεσιγαμένον οὐ σκαιότερον χρῆμ' ἕκαστον O. 9.103
μετὰ δώδεκ' ἀνάκτων θεῶν (cf. O. 5.5) O. 10.49 θεῶν ναοῖσιν οἰωνῶν βασιλέα δίδυμον ἐπέθηκ; O. 13.21
Σίσυφον μὲν πυκνότατον παλάμαις ὡς θεόν O. 13.52

τελεῖ δὲ θεῶν δύναμις καὶ τὰν παῤ ὅρκον κτίσιν O. 13.83

ἐν θεῷ γε μὰν τέλος O. 13.104
οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας ( θεοὶ etiam possis) O. 14.8
θεῶν κρατίστου παῖδες O. 14.14

θεῶν πολέμιος, Τυφὼς P. 1.15

θεῶν παλάμαις P. 1.48

οὕτω δ' Ἱέρωνι θελτ;γτ;ὸς ὀρθωτὴρ πέλοι P. 1.56

θεὸς ἅπαν ἐπὶ ἐλπίδεσσι τέκμαρ ἀνύεται, θεός, ὃ καὶ πτερόεντ' αἰετὸν κίχε P. 2.49
—50. χρὴ δὲ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν P. 2.88
καὶ θεοὶ δαίσαντο παρ' ἀμφοτέροις P. 3.93

εἰ δέ μοι πλοῦτον θεὸς ἁβρὸν ὀρέξαι P. 3.110
“ σὺν τιμᾷ θεῶν” P. 4.51
ποινὰ τίς ἔσται πρὸς θεῶν P. 4.63

θεῷ πίσυνος P. 4.232

σὺν θεῶν τιμαῖς P. 4.260

εἰ μὴ θεὸς ἁγεμόνεσσι κυβερνατὴρ γένηται P. 4.274

παντὶ μὲν θεὸν αἴτιον ὑπερτιθέμεν P. 5.25

οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ ἀλλὰ Μοῖρά τις ἄγεν P. 5.76

κτίσεν δ' ἄλσεα μείζονα θεῶν P. 5.89

θεός τέ οἱ τὸ νῦν τε πρόφρων τελεῖ δύνασιν P. 5.117

μάλιστα μὲν Κρονίδαν θεῶν σέβεσθαι P. 6.24
“ τύχᾳ θεῶν” P. 8.53
θεῶν δ' ὄπιν ἄφθονον αἰτέω P. 8.71

ὠκεῖα δ' ἐπειγομένων ἤδη θεῶν πρᾶξις P. 9.67

μὴ φθονεραῖς ἐκ θεῶν μετατροπίαις ἐπικύρσαιεν P. 10.20

ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμάσαι θεῶν τελεσάντων οὐδέν ποτε φαίνεται ἔμμεν ἄπιστον P. 10.49

Κάστορος βίαν σέ τε, ἄναξ Πολύδευκες, υἱοὶ θεῶν P. 11.62

θεῶν βασιλέα N. 1.39

ὅταν θεοὶ ἐν πεδίῳ Φλέγρας Γιγάντεσσιν μάχαν ἀντιάζωσιν N. 1.67

σὺν θεοῦ δὲ τύχᾳ N. 6.24

τιμὰ δὲ γίνεται ὧν θεὸς ἁβρὸν αὔξει λόγον τεθνακότων N. 7.32

βασιλῆα δὲ θεῶν N. 7.82

εἰ δ' αὐτὸ καὶ θεὸς ἀνέχοι N. 7.89

ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις φεύγοντι καὶ παῖδες θεῶν N. 9.27

Διομήδεα δ' ἄμβροτον ξανθά ποτε Γλαυκῶπις ἔθηκε θεόν N. 10.7

Ἥβα καλλίστα θεῶν N. 10.18

ἐπεὶ τοῦτον ἢ πάμπαν θεὸς ἔμμεναι οἰκεῖν τ' οὐρανῷ, εἵλετ αἰῶνα Πολυδεύκης N. 10.58
πολλὰ μὲν ἀγαζόμενοι πρώταν θεῶν (i. e. Ἑστίαν) N. 11.6
καὶ θεῶν δαῖτας προσέπτυκτο πάσας I. 2.39

ἔστι μοι θεῶν ἕκατι μυρία παντᾷ κέλευθος I. 4.1

Πηλέος ἥρωος, εὐδαίμονος γαμβροῦ θεῶν I. 6.25

δεξαμένα τὸν φέρτατον θεῶν I. 7.5

χαλκόπεδον θεῶν ἕδραν I. 7.44

ἐπειδὴ τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλᾶς γε Ταντάλου λίθον παρά τις ἔτρεψεν ἄμμι θεός I. 8.10

ἀλλ' οὔ σφιν ἄμβροτοι τέλεσαν εὐνὰν θεῶν πραπίδες I. 8.30
σὺν θεῶν δὲ αἴσᾳ (Boeckh: θεῶ codd.) I. 9.1
θεοὶ συνετέλεσσαν Pae. 2.65
ἐν θεῶν ξενίᾳ at the Delphic Theoxenia Pae. 6.61
Ζεὺς ὁ θεῶν σκοπὸς Pae. 6.94

]τράπεζαν θεῶν ἐπ' ἀμβ[ρο Pae. 15.7
δεῦτ ἐν χορόν, Ὀλύμπιοι, ἐπί τε κλυτὰν πέμπετε χάριν, θεοί fr. 75. 2. θεῶ[ν] Κυβέ[λαν] ματ[έρα (supp. Gomperz, Snell) fr. 80. ἀλλ' οἶος ἄπλατον κεράιζε θεῶν Τυφῶνα Ζεύς fr. 93. θεοῦ δὲ δείξαντος ἀρχὰν ἕκαστον ἐν πρᾶγος fr. 108a. 1. θεῷ δὲ δυνατὸν μελαίνας ἐκ νυκτὸς ἀμίαντον ὄρσαι φάος fr. 108b. 1. θεῶν ἐπὶ βωμοῖς (haec verba praebent codd. Plutarchi, non habet, ut vid., Π.) Θρ.. 1. τὸ γάρ ἐστι μόνον ἐκ θεῶν fr. 131b. 3. τί θεός; fr. 140d.
σὺν θεοῖς O. 8.14

σὺν θεοῖς ζεύξω τέλος I. 1.6

σὺν θεῷ γάρ τοι φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος ἀνθρώποισι παρμονώτερος N. 8.17

σὺν θεῷ θνατὸν διέρχονται βιότου τέλος I. 4.5

2 opposed to men, mortals.
εἰ δὲ θεὸν ἀνήρ τις ἔλπεται λαθέμεν O. 1.64
τίνα θεόν, τίν' ἥρωα, τίνα δ ἄνδρα κελαδήσομεν; O. 2.2
θάξαις δέ κε φύντ' ἀρετᾷ ἀνὴρ θεοῦ σὺν παλάμᾳ O. 10.21

ἐκ θεοῦ δ' ἀνὴρ σοφαῖς ἀνθεῖ πραπίδεσσιν ὁμοίως O. 11.10

ἐκ θεῶν γὰρ μαχαναὶ πᾶσαι βροτέαις ἀρεταῖς P. 1.41

θεῶν δ' ἐφετμαῖς Ἰξίονα φαντὶ ταῦτα βροτοῖς λέγειν P. 2.22

γόνον οὔτ' ἐν ἄνδρασι γερασφόρον οὔτ ἐν θεῶν νόμοις P. 2.43

κλέπτει τέ μιν οὐ θεὸς οὐ βροτὸς P. 3.30
“ παῖδες ὑπερθύμων τε φωτῶν καὶ θεῶν” P. 4.13 “ θεῷ ἀνέρι εἰδομένῳ” P. 4.21 “ ἔν τε θεοῖς κἀνθρώποις” P. 9.40
θεὸς εἴη ἀπήμων κέαρ. εὐδαίμων δὲ καὶ ὑμνητὸς οὗτος ἀνὴρ γίνεται σοφοῖς P. 10.21
ἀρχαὶ δὲ βέβληνται θεῶν κείνου σὺν ἀνδρὸς δαιμονίαις ἀρεταῖς ( ἐκ θεῶν Σ: ?on analogy of ἄρχεσθαι) N. 1.9
ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος N. 6.1

ἀνδρῶν δικαίων περικαδόμενοι. καὶ μὰν θεῶν πιστὸν γένος N. 10.54

σὺν θεῷ θνατὸν διέρχονται βιότου τέλος I. 4.5

ταῦτα θεοῖσι μὲν πιθεῖν σοφοὺς δυνατόν, βροτοῖσιν δ' ἀμάχανον εὑρέμεν Pae. 6.51
οὐ γάρ ἔσθ ὅπως τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματ ἐρευνάσει βροτέᾳ φρενί fr. 61. 3. θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς fr. 141. θεῶν καὶ κατ' ἀνθρώπων ἀγυιάς fr. 194. 5. ἴσον μὲν θεὸν ἄνδρα τε φίλον λτ;θεῷ> (add. Heyne: sc. ὑποτρέσαι) fr. 224. ὁπόταν θεὸς ἀνδρὶ χάρμα πέμψῃ fr. 225. Ἀπόλλωνι μὲν θ[εῶν] ἀτὰρ ἀνδρῶν Ἐχεκ[ρά]τει (supp. Blass) ?fr. 333a. 4.

3 specific gods.

a Apollo.
οὐδ' ἔλαθ Αἴπυτον κλέπτοισα θεοῖο γόνον O. 6.36

ὣς ἦρα θεὸς σάφα εἴπαις O. 8.46

φέροισα σπέρμα θεοῦ P. 3.15

ἐν κοιλόπεδον νάπος θεοῦ P. 5.39

ξυνὸν ἁρμόζοισα θεῷ τε γάμον μιχθέντα κούρᾳ θ' Ὑψέος εὐρυβία P. 9.13

κλειτὰς ὄνων ἑκατόμβας ἐπιτόσσαις θεῷ ῥέζοντας P. 10.33

θεοῦ παρ' εὐτειχέα δόμον N. 7.46

καὶ τὸ μὲν διδότω θεός Pae. 2.54

Πάριος ἑ[καβόλος βροτη]σίῳ δέμαι θεός Pae. 6.80

ὤμοσε [γὰρ θ]εός Pae. 6.112

θεοῦ ἄδυτον Pae. 7.3
his temple in Delphi:
μαντεύσατο δ' ἐς θεὸν ἐλθών O. 7.31

ᾤχετο δὲ πρὸς θεόν N. 7.40

b Zeus.
θεοῦ σάμασιν πιθόμενοι P. 4.199
γνώτ ἀείδω θεῶ τε καὶ ὅστις ἁμιλλᾶται (οἶ pro θεῷ coni. Kayser) N. 10.31
πέμψεν θεὸς ἀρχὸν οἰωνῶν μέγαν αἰετόν I. 6.49

c Poseidon.
τὸν μὲν ἀγάλλων θεὸς ἔδωκεν O. 1.86

θεὸς τῶνδε κείνων τε κλυτὰν αἶσαν παρέχοι φιλέων O. 6.101

ὀρσοτρίαιναν εὐρυβίαν καλέων θεόν P. 2.12
( Ἰσθμός)
ἔνθα μιν εὔφρονες ἶλαι σὺν καλάμοιο βοᾷ θεὸν δέκονται N. 5.38

d Helios.
καί ῥά μιν χώρας ἀκλάρωτον λίπον, ἁγνὸν θεόν O. 7.60

e Dionysos. ἐπὶ τὸν κισσοδαῆ θεόν, τὸν Βρόμιον, τὸν Ἐριβόαν τε βροτοὶ καλέομεν fr. 75. 9.

f Herakles.
ἥρως θεὸς N. 3.22

g goddesses, Kybele, Great Mother. μεγάλας θεοῦ κύνα Pan. fr. 96. 2.
Ματρί, τὰν κοῦραι παρ' ἐμὸν πρόθυρον σὺν Πανὶ μέλπονται θαμὰ σεμνὰν θεὸν ἐννύχιαι P. 3.79

h Thetis.
πεπρωμένον ἦν, φέρτερον πατέρος ἄνακτα γόνον τεκεῖν ποντίαν θεόν I. 8.34

i Honour, Aidos.
κείνα θεός N. 9.36

k Athene.
εὗρεν θεός P. 12.22

l Psamatheia.
βία Φώκου κρέοντος, ὁ τᾶς θεοῦ, ὃν Ψαμάθεια τίκτ' ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνι πόντου N. 5.13

4 θεόθεν, from, inspired by heaven
σύμβολον δ' οὔ πώ τις ἐπιχθονίων πιστὸν ἀμφὶ πράξιος ἐσσομένας εὗρεν θεόθεν O. 12.8

θεόθεν ἐραίμαν καλῶν P. 11.50

5 frag. ]
οι· θεῶν[ Pae. 4.17

Lexicon to Pindar > θεός
6 θεός

θεός, οῦ (Hom.+; Herm. Wr.; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph.) ὁ and ἡ, voc. θεέ (Pisidian ins [JHS 22, 1902, 355] θέ; PGM 4, 218 θεὲ θεῶν; 7, 529 κύριε θεὲ μέγιστε; 12, 120 κύριε θεέ; 13, 997; LXX [Thackeray 145; PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 152f]; ApcMos 42; Jos., Ant. 14, 24 ὦ θεὲ βασιλεῦ τ. ὅλων; SibOr 13, 172 βασιλεῦ κόσμου θεέ) Mt 27:46, more frequently (s. 2 and 3c, h below) ὁ θεός (LXX; ParJer 6:12; ApcEsdr 7:5; ApcMos 32; B-D-F §147, 3m; JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen 1912; Mlt-H. 120). On the inclusion or omission of the art. gener. s. W-S. §19, 13d; B-D-F §254, 1; 268, 2; Rob. 758; 761; 780; 786; 795; Mlt-Turner 174; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Artikels bei den Gottesnamen, StKr 84, 1911, 319–92; 503–38 (also published separately). The sg. article freq. suggests personal claim on a deity. ‘God, god’.

① In the Gr-Rom. world the term θεός primarily refers to a transcendent being who exercises extraordinary control in human affairs or is responsible for bestowal of unusual benefits, deity, god, goddess (s. on θεά) Ac 28:6; 2 Th 2:4 (cp. SibOr 5, 34 ἰσάζων θεῷ αὐτόν; Ar. 4, 1 οὐκ εἰσὶ θεοί; Tat. 10, 1 θεὸς … κύκνος γίνεται …; Ath. 18, 3 θεός τις δισώματος); θεὸς Ῥαιφάν Ac 7:43 (Am 5:26; s. entry Ῥαιφάν). οὐδεὶς θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς there is no god but one 1 Cor 8:4 (cp. AcPl Ha 1, 17 restored). θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου Ac 12:22.—ἡ θεός the (female) god, goddess (Att., later more rarely; Peripl. Eryth. c. 58; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2; SIG 695, 28; ins, one of which refers to Artemis, in Hauser p. 81f; Jos., Ant. 9, 19; Ar. 11, 2 [Artemis]; Ath. 29, 2 [Ino]) Ac 19:37.—Pl. Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). Cp. 14:11; 19:26; PtK 2 p. 14, 21. εἴπερ εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί even if there are so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5a; s. vs. 5b (on θεοὶ πολλοί cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 149.—Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a: θ. πολλοί w. εἷς θ. πατήρ). οἱ φύσει μὴ ὄντες θεοί those who by nature are not really gods Gal 4:8b (cp. Ar. 4, 2 μὴ εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν θεόν al.). θεοὶ … λίθινοι etc. AcPl Ha 1, 18 (cp. JosAs 10:13 τοὺς χρυσοῦς καὶ ἀργυροῦς). Of the devil μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15.

② Some writings in our lit. use the word θ. w. ref. to Christ (without necessarily equating Christ with the Father, and therefore in harmony w. the Shema of Israel Dt 6:4; cp. Mk 10:18 and 4a below), though the interpretation of some of the pass. is in debate. In Mosaic and Gr-Rom. traditions the fundamental semantic component in the understanding of deity is the factor of performance, namely saviorhood or extraordinary contributions to one’s society. Dg. 10:6 defines the ancient perspective: ὸ̔ς ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβων ἔχει, ταῦτα τοῖς ἐπιδεομένοις χορηγῶν, θεὸς γίνεται τῶν λαμβανάντων one who ministers to the needy what one has received from God proves to be a god to the recipients (cp. Sb III, 6263, 27f of a mother). Such understanding led to the extension of the mng. of θ. to pers. who elicit special reverence (cp. pass. under 4 below; a similar development can be observed in the use of σέβομαι and cognates). In Ro 9:5 the interpr. is complicated by demand of punctuation marks in printed texts. If a period is placed before ὁ ὢν κτλ., the doxology refers to God as defined in Israel (so EAbbot, JBL 1, 1881, 81–154; 3, 1883, 90–112; RLipsius; HHoltzmann, Ntl. Theol.² II 1911, 99f; EGünther, StKr 73, 1900, 636–44; FBurkitt, JTS 5, 1904, 451–55; Jülicher; PFeine, Theol. d. NTs⁶ ’34, 176 et al.; RSV text; NRSV mg.). A special consideration in favor of this interpretation is the status assigned to Christ in 1 Cor 15:25–28 and the probability that Paul is not likely to have violated the injunction in Dt 5:7.—If a comma is used in the same place, the reference is to Christ (so BWeiss; EBröse, NKZ 10, 1899, 645–57 et al.; NRSV text; RSV mg. S. also εἰμί 1.—Undecided: THaering.—The transposition by the Socinian scholar JSchlichting [died 1661] ὧν ὁ=‘to whom belongs’ was revived by JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 363; WWrede, Pls 1905, 82; CStrömman, ZNW 8, 1907, 319f). In 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:20 the interpretation is open to question (but cp. ISmyrna McCabe.0010, 100 ὁ θεὸς καὶ σωτὴρ Ἀντίοχος). In any event, θ. certainly refers to Christ, as one who manifests primary characteristics of deity, in the foll. NT pass.: J 1:1b (w. ὁ θεός 1:1a, which refers to God in the monotheistic context of Israel’s tradition. On the problem raised by such attribution s. J 10:34 [cp. Ex 7:1; Ps 81:6]; on θεός w. and without the article, acc. to whether it means God or the Logos, s. Philo, Somn. 1, 229f; JGriffiths, ET 62, ’50/51, 314–16; BMetzger, ET 63, ’51/52, 125f), 18b. ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου my Lord and my God! (nom. w. art.=voc.; s. beg. of this entry.—On a resurrection as proof of divinity cp. Diog. L. 8, 41, who quotes Hermippus: Pythagoras returns from a journey to Hades and appears among his followers [εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν], and they consider him θεῖόν τινα) J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. 3c below). Tit 2:13 (μέγας θ.). Hb 1:8, 9 (in a quot. fr. Ps 44:7, 8). S. TGlasson, NTS 12, ’66, 270–72. Jd 5 P⁷². But above all Ignatius calls Christ θεός in many pass.: θεὸς Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ITr 7:1; Χριστὸς θεός ISm 10:1. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν IEph ins; 15:3; 18:2; IRo ins (twice); 3:3; IPol 8:3; τὸ πάθος τοῦ θεοῦ μου IRo 6:3. ἐν αἵματι θεοῦ IEph 1:1. ἐν σαρκὶ γενόμενος θεός 7:2. θεὸς ἀνθρωπίνως φανερούμενος 19:3. θεὸς ὁ οὕτως ὑμᾶς σοφίσας ISm 1:1.—Hdb. exc. 193f; MRackl, Die Christologie d. hl. Ign. v. Ant. 1914. ὁ θεός μου Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 10; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ θ[εός] 6, 24; cp. ln. 34 (also cp. Just., A I, 63, 15, D. 63, 5 al.; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 24, 1; Mel., P. 4, 28 al.).—SLösch, Deitas Jesu u. antike Apotheose ’33. Cp. AWlosk, Römischer Kaiserkult ’78.

③ God in Israelite/Christian monotheistic perspective, God the predom. use, somet. with, somet. without the art.

ⓐ ὁ θεός Mt 1:23; 3:9; 5:8, 34; Mk 2:12; 10:18; 13:19 (cp. TestJob 37:4); Lk 2:13; J 3:2b; Ac 2:22b; Gal 2:6 al. With prep. εἰς τὸν θ. Ac 24:15. ἐκ τοῦ θ. J 8:42b, 47; 1J 3:9f; 4:1ff, 6f; 5:1, 4; 2 Cor 3:5; 5:18 al.; ἐν τῷ θ. Ro 5:11; Col 3:3 (Ath. 21, 1). ἔναντι τοῦ θ. Lk 1:8; ἐπὶ τὸν θ. Ac 15:19; 26:18, 20 (Just., D. 101, 1); ἐπὶ τῷ θ. Lk 1:47 (Just., D. 8, 2); παρὰ τοῦ θ. J 8:40 (Ar. 4, 2; Just., A I, 33, 6 al.; without art. Just., D. 69, 6 al.). παρὰ τῷ θ. Ro 2:13; 9:14 (Just., A I, 28, 3; Tat. 7, 1; Ath. 31, 2 al.); πρὸς τὸν θ. J 1:2; Ac 24:16; AcPl Ha 3, 8 (Just., D. 39, 1 al.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 al.); τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ. Hb 2:17; 5:1; Ro 15:17 is acc. of respect: with respect to one’s relation to God or the things pert. to God, in God’s cause (s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 486. For τὰ πρὸς τ. θ. s. Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Aristot., Pol. 1314b, 39; Lucian, Pro Imag. 8; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 [III B.C.] εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς τ. θεόν). τὰ πρὸς τ[ὸν] θεὸν ἐτήρουσαν, when they were observant of matters pert. to God AcPl Ha 8, 13 (=τα π̣ρος θ̣̄ν̄| ἐτήρουσαν Ox 1602, 10f=BMM recto 16 restored after the preceding).

ⓑ without the art. Mt 6:24; Lk 2:14; 20:38; J 1:18a; Ro 8:8, 33b; 2 Cor 1:21; 5:19; Gal 2:19; 4:8f; 2 Th 1:8; Tit 1:16; 3:8; Hb 3:4; AcPl Ha 8, 20=BMM recto 25 (s. also HSanders’ rev. of Ox 1602, 26, in HTR 31, ’38, 79, n. 2, Ghent 62 verso, 6); AcPlCor 1:15; 2:19, 26. W. prep. ἀπὸ θεοῦ J 3:2a; 16:30 (Just., A II, 13, 4 τὸν … ἀπὸ ἀγεννήτου … θεοῦ λόγον). εἰς θεόν IPhld 1:2. ἐκ θεοῦ (Pind., O. 11, 10, P. 1, 41; Jos., Ant. 2, 164; Just., A I, 22, 2; Mel., P. 55, 404) Ac 5:39; 2 Cor 5:1; Phil 3:9. ἐν θεῷ J 8:21; Ro 2:17; Jd 1; AcPl Ha 1, 15; 2, 35. ἐπὶ θεόν AcPl Ha 2, 29 (cp. πρὸς θεόν Just., D. 138, 2). κατὰ θεόν acc. to God’s will (Appian, Iber. 19 §73; 23 §88; 26 §101, Liby. 6 §25, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §364) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9ff; IEph 2:1. ἡ κατὰ θ. ἀγάπη godly love IMg 1:1; cp. 13:1; ITr 1:2. παρὰ θεῷ (Jos., Bell. 1, 635) Mt 19:26; Lk 2:52.

ⓒ w. gen. foll. or w. ἴδιος to denote a special relationship: ὁ θ. Ἀβραάμ Mt 22:32; Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37; Ac 3:13; 7:32 (all Ex 3:6). ὁ θ. (τοῦ) Ἰσραήλ (Ezk 44:2; JosAs 7:5) Mt 15:31; Lk 1:68; cp. Ac 13:17; 2 Cor 6:16; Hb 11:16. ὁ θ. μου Ro 1:8; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 12:21; Phil 1:3; 4:19; Phlm 4. OT κύριος ὁ θ. σου (ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Lk 1:16; 4:8 (Dt 6:13); 10:27 (Dt 6:5); Ac 2:39. ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ θ. ἡμῶν Rv 4:11 (Just., D. 12, 3; the combination of κύριος and θεός is freq. in the OT: 2 Km 7:28; 3 Km 18:39; Jer 38:18; Zech 13:9; Ps 29:3; 34:23; 85:15; 87:2; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; JosAs 3:4; 12:2 κύριε ὁ θ. τῶν αἰώνων. But s. also Epict. 2, 16, 13 κύριε ὁ θεός [GBreithaupt, Her. 62, 1927, 253–55], Herm. Wr.: Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII/2, p. 172, 6 κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, the PGM ref. at the beg. of this entry, and the sacral uses τ. θεῷ κ. κυρίῳ Σοκνοπαίῳ [OGI 655, 3f—24 B.C.]; PTebt 284, 6; τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ Ἀσκληπίῳ [Sb 159, 2]; deo domino Saturno [ins fr. imperial times fr. Thala in the prov. of Africa: BPhW 21, 1901, 475], also Suetonius, Domit. 13 dominus et deus noster [for the formulation s. 4a: PMich 209]; Ar. 15, 10; Just., D. 60, 3 al.) τὸν ἴδιον θ. AcPl Ha 3, 22.—ὁ θ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χ. Eph 1:17.

ⓓ used w. πατήρ (s. πατήρ 6a) ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Gal 1:4; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ 1 Cor 15:24; Eph 5:20; Js 1:27. θ. πατήρ Phil 2:11; 1 Pt 1:2; cp. 1 Cor 8:6. ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ro 1:7b; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; ἀπὸ θ. π. Gal 1:3 v.l.; Eph 6:23; 2 Th 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; παρὰ θεοῦ π. 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 3.

ⓔ w. gen. of what God brings about, in accordance w. the divine nature: ὁ θ. τῆς εἰρήνης Ro 15:33; 1 Th 5:23. τῆς ἐλπίδος the God fr. whom hope comes Ro 15:13. πάσης παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 1:3b. ὁ θ. τῆς ἀγάπης 13:11. ὁ θ. πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10. In οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ θεός 1 Cor 14:33, θεός is to be supplied before ἀκατ.: for God is not a God of disorder.

ⓕ The gen. (τοῦ) θεοῦ is

α. subj. gen., extremely freq. depending on words like βασιλεία, δόξα, θέλημα, ἐντολή, εὐαγγέλιον, λόγος, ναός, οἶκος, πνεῦμα, υἱός, υἱοί, τέκνα and many others. Here prob. (s. β) belongs τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. the (seeming) foolishness of G. 1 Cor 1:25 (s. B-D-F §263, 2).

β. obj. gen. ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θ. love for God Lk 11:42; J 5:42; ἡ προσευχὴ τοῦ θ. prayer to God Lk 6:12. πίστις θεοῦ faith in God Mk 11:22. φόβος θεοῦ fear of, reverence for God Ro 3:18 al. (s. φόβος 2bα) If 1 Cor 1:25 is to be placed here (s. α above), τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. refers to apostolic allegiance to God, which is viewed by outsiders as folly.

γ. τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ the things, ways, thoughts, or secret purposes of God 1 Cor 2:11. φρονεῖν τὰ τ. θ. Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33 s. φρονέω 2b (ἀτιμάζοντας τὰ τοῦ θ. Just., D. 78, 10 al.). ἀποδιδόναι τὰ τ. θ. τῷ θεῷ give God what belongs to God Mt 22:21; Mk 12:17; Lk 20:25.

δ. Almost as a substitute for the adj. divine IMg 6:1f; 15 (cp. Ath. 21, 4 οὐδὲν ἔχων θεοῦ [of Zeus]).

ⓖ The dat. τῷ θεῷ (s. B-D-F §188, 2; 192; Rob. 538f; WHavers, Untersuchungen z. Kasussyntax d. indogerm. Sprachen 1911, 162ff) is

α. dat. of advantage (cp. e.g. Ath. 26, 3 ὡς ἐπηκόῳ θεῷ) for God 2 Cor 5:13. Perh. (s. β) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τῷ θ. 10:4. The dat. of Ro 6:10f rather expresses the possessor.

β. ethical dat. in the sight of God, hence w. superl. force (s. Beginn. IV, 75, on Ac 7:20) very: μεγάλοι τῷ θ. B 8:4 (cp. Jon 3:3). ἀστεῖος τῷ θ. Ac 7:20. Perh. (s. α) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τ. θ. weapons powerful in the sight of God 2 Cor 10:4. This idea is usu. expressed by ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ.

ⓗ ὁ θ. is used as a vocative Mk 15:34 (Ps 21:2. θεός twice at the beginning of the invocation of a prayer: Ael. Dion. θ, 8; Paus. Attic. θ, 7 ‘θεὸς θεός’ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐπέλεγον ἐπιφημιζόμενοι); Lk 18:11; Hb 1:8 (Ps 44:7; MHarris, TynBull 36, ’85, 129–62); 10:7 (Ps 39:9); AcPl Ha 3, 10; 5, 12; 31. S. also 2 and 3c and the beg. of this entry.

ⓘ θ. τῶν αἰώνων s. αἰών 3 and 4; θ. αἰώνιος s. αἰώνιος 2; θ. ἀληθινός s. ἀληθινός 3b; εἷς ὁ θεός s. εἷς 2b; (ὁ) θ. (ὁ) ζῶν s. [ζάω] 1aε.—ὁ μόνος θεός the only God (4 Km 19:15, 19; Ps 85:10; Is 37:20; Da 3:45; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 1f; s. Norden, Agn. Th. 145) J 5:44 (some mss. lack τοῦ μόνου); 1 Ti 1:17.—ὁ μόνος ἀληθινὸς θ. (Demochares: 75 Fgm. 2 p. 135, 7 Jac. [in Athen. 6, 62, 253c] μόνος θ. ἀληθινός) J 17:3. cp. the sim. combinations w. μόνος θ. Ro 16:27; Jd 25. μόνος ὁ θεὸς μένει AcPl Ha 2, 27.—θ. σωτήρ s. σωτήρ 1.—OHoltzmann, D. chr. Gottesglaube, s. Vorgesch. u. Urgesch.1905; EvDobschütz, Rationales u. irrat. Denken über Gott im Urchristent.: StKr 95, 1924, 235–55; RHoffmann, D. Gottesbild Jesu ’34; PAlthaus, D. Bild Gottes b. Pls: ThBl 20, ’41, 81–92; Dodd 3–8; KRahner, Theos im NT: Bijdragen (Maastricht) 11, ’50, 212–36; 12, ’51, 24–52.

④ that which is nontranscendent but considered worthy of special reverence or respect, god (Artem. 2, 69 p. 161, 17: γονεῖς and διδάσκαλοι are like gods; Simplicius in Epict. p. 85, 27 acc. to ancient Roman custom children had to call their parents θεοί; s. 2 above and note on σέβομαι).

ⓐ of humans θεοί (as אֱלֹהִים) J 10:34f (Ps 81:6; humans are called θ. in the OT also Ex 7:1; 22:27; cp. Philo, Det. Pot. Insid. 161f, Somn. 1, 229, Mut. Nom. 128, Omn. Prob. Lib. 43, Mos. 1, 158, Decal. 120, Leg. All. 1, 40, Migr. Abr. 84). θ. γίνεται τῶν λαμβανόντων (a benefactor) proves to be a god to recipients Dg 10:6 (cp. Pliny, NH 2, 7, 18; s. 2 above, beg.—Aristot., Pol. 3, 8, 1, 1284a of the superior pers. as a god among humans; Arcesilaus [III B.C.] describes Crates and Polemo as θεοί τινες=‘a kind of gods’ [Diog. L. 4, 22]; Antiphanes says of the iambic poet Philoxenus: θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἦν [Athen. 14, 50, 643d]; Diod S 1, 4, 7 and 5, 21, 2 of Caesar; for honors accorded Demetrius, s. IKertész, Bemerkungen zum Kult des Demetrios Poliorketes: Oikumene 2, ’78, 163–75 [lit.]; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 5 Πυθαγόρας ἐτιμᾶτο ὡς θεός; Heliod. 4, 7, 8 σωτὴρ κ. θεός, addressed to a physician; BGU 1197, 1 [4 B.C.] a high official, and 1201, 1 [2 B.C.] a priest θεός and κύριος; PMich 209, 11f [II/III A.D.] οἶδας ἄδελφε, ὅτει οὐ μόνον ὧς ἀδελφόν σε ἔχω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς πατέρα κ. κύριον κ. θεόν; Just., A I, 26, 2 [Σίμων] θεὸς ἐνομίσθη καὶ … ὡς θεὸς τετίμηται; Tat. 3, 2 μὴ θεὸς ὤν [Empedocles]; Ath. 30, 2 Ἀντίνους … ἔτυχε νομίζεσθαι θεός of benefactors in gener. AcJ 27 [Aa II/1, 166, 4]).—JEmerton, JTS 11, ’60, 329–32.

ⓑ of the belly (=appetite) as the god of certain people Phil 3:19 (cp. Athen. 3, 97c γάστρων καὶ κοιλιοδαίμων. Also Eupolis Com. [V B.C.] Fgm. 172 K. [in Athen. 3, 100b]; on the use of θ. in ref. to impersonal entities [e.g. Eur., Cyclops 316 of wealth as a god] s. DDD 693f).

⑤ of the devil ὁ θ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 2 Cor 4:4 (s. αἰών 2a and WMüllensiefen, StKr 95, 1924, 295–99).—668–99. RAC XI 1202–78; XII 81–154; B. 1464. LfgrE s.v. θεός col. 1001 (lit.). Schmidt, Syn. IV 1–21. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θεός
7 θεός

θεός, ὁ, [dialect] Boeot. [full] θιός, [dialect] Lacon. [full] σιός (v. infr.), Cypr., Cret. [full] θιός Inscr.Cypr.135.27 H., Leg.Gort.1.1, [dialect] Dor. also [full] θεύς Call.Cer.58; acc. θεῦν v.l. ib. 130; voc. (only late) θεός, also

A θεέ LXXDe.3.24
, Ev.Matt. 27.46, PMag.Lond.121.529, etc.; but classical in compd. names, Ἀμφίθεε, Τιμόθεε:—God, the Deity, in general sense, both sg. and pl. ( εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπὶ θεὸν ἁρμόζει μεταφέρειν Plot.6.8.1
), θ. δὲ τὸ μὲν δώσει τὸ δ' ἐάσει God will grant.., Od.14.444; οὐδέ κεν ἄλλως οὐδὲ θ. τεύξειε 8.177
, cf. 3.231, Il.13.730 (also θεὸς Ζεύς Od.4.236
, 14.327); θ. καὶ ἀγαθὴ τύχη Pl.Lg. 757e
, cf. Timocl.3 D.; σὺν θεῷ Il.9.49
, S.Aj. 765, etc. (less freq. ξὺν τῷ θ. ib. 383); σὺν θ. εἰρημένον Hdt.1.86, cf. 3.153; σὺν θ. εἰπεῖν Pl.Prt. 317b
: so in pl., σύν γε θεοῖσιν Il.24.430
; οὔ τοι ἄνευ θεοῦ Od.2.372
; οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ pi.P.5.76; ἐκ θεόφι Il.17.101
; ὑπὲρ θεόν against his will, 17.327; ἂν θ. θέλῃ Alex. 231
; θ. θέλοντος Men.Mon. 671
: in pl., ἂν θεοὶ θέλωσιν Alex.247
; θεῶν συνεθελόντων, βουλομένων, X.Eq.Mag.9.8, Luc.Macr.29; εἰ ὀρθῶς ἢ μή, θ. οἶδε Pl.Phdr. 266b
, cf.R. 517b, etc.; in oaths, θ. ἴστω S.OC 522
(lyr.), etc.; πρὸς θεῶν Hdt.5.49
, D.1.15, etc.:
τοὺς θεούς σοι
bless you! good heavens! for heaven's sake! M.Ant.7.17
, Arr.Epict.2.19.15, al.; τὸν θ. σοι ib.3.7.19, al.: qualified by τις, Od.9.142, etc.; οὐκ ἄνευ θεῶν τινος A.Pers. 164
(troch.), E.Ba. 764; κατὰ θεόν τινα Id.IA 411
, Pl. Euthd. 272e; κατὰ θεόν πως εἰρημένα Id.Lg. 682a
: doubled in poets, θεὸν θεόν τις ἀγλαϊζέτω B.3.21
, cf. Diagor.1; θεοὶ θεοὶ τῶν ἀδίκων μέλουσι E.HF 772
, cf. Paus.Gr.Fr.203; θεοί (Cret. θιοί) as an opening formula in Inscrr. (sc. τύχην ἀγαθὴν διδοῖεν), Leg.Gort.1.1, IG 12.52, etc.: sg., θ. τύχη ib.5(2).1, etc.: in Prose also with the Art., ὁ θ. πάντων ἂν εἴη αἴτιος Pl.R. 379c
, cf. Lg. 716c, etc.; τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θ., τὰ παρὰ τῶν θ., X.Mem.1.3.1, 2.6.8.

b θεοί, opp. ἄνδρες, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ὃν Ξάνθον καλέουσι θ., ἄνδρες δὲ Σκάμανδρον 20.74
: in Comparisons, θεοῖσιν ἶσ' ἔθελε φρονέειν 5.440
; θεοῖς ἐναλίγκια μήδεα Od.13.89
; also in sg., θεῷ ἐναλίγκιος αὐδήν Il.19.250
; θεὸς ὥς 5.78
; ὥς τε θεός 3.381
: prov., θεὸς πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, of an 'angel's visit', Herod.1.9.

c of special divinities, νέρτεροι θ. A.Pers. 622, S.Ant. 602 (lyr.); ἐνέρτεροι θ. Il.15.225; οἱ κάτωθεν θ. S.Ant. 1070; θ. οὐράνιοι h.Cer.55
, A.Ag.90 (anap.); οἱ δώδεκα θ. Ar.Eq. 235, X.Eq.Mag.3.2, IG22.30, etc.; μὰ τοὺς δώδεκα θ. Men.Sam.91; in dual, τὼ σιώ ([dialect] Lacon.), of Castor and Pollux, ναὶ τὼ ς. X.An.6.6.34, HG4.4.10, Ar.Lys.81: so in [dialect] Boeot., of Amphion and Zethus, νεὶ τὼ σιώ (leg. θιώ) Id.Ach. 905.

d ὁ θ., of natural phenomena, ὁ θ. ὕει (sc. Ζεύς) Hdt.2.13; ὁ θ. ἐνέσκηψε βέλος Id.4.79
; ἔσεισεν ὁ θ. (sc. Ποσειδῶν) X.HG4.7.4; of the sun, Hdt.2.24, A.Pers. 502, E.Alc. 722; δύνοντος τοῦ θ. App.BC4.79; the weather, τί δοκεῖ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ; Thphr.Char.25.2.

e Astrol., θεοί,= ἀστέρες, Jul. Laod.in Cat.Cod.Astr.8(4).252.

f θεός (sc. Ἥλιος), name of the 9th τόπος, Rhetor.ib.163, etc.

2 metaph., of abstract things, τὸ δ' εὐτυχεῖν τόδ' ἐν βροτοῖς θεός τε καὶ θεοῦ πλέον A.Ch.60
; ἡ φρόνησις ἁγαθὴ θ. μέγας S.Fr. 922
; θ. γὰρ καὶ τὸ γιγνώσκειν φίλους E.Hel.
<*>60; ὁ πλοῦτος τοῖς σοφοῖς θ. Id.Cyc. 316; φθόνος κάκιστος θ. Hippothoon 2.

3 as title of rulers, θεῶν ἀδελφῶν (sc. Ptolemy Il and Arsinoe), Herod.1.30, etc.; Πτολεμαῖος ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ καὶ θεᾶς OGI90.10
(Rosetta, ii B.C.); Ἀντίοχος ὅτῳ θεὸς ἐπώνυμον γίγνεται App.Syr.65
; θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ, of Augustus, OGI655.2 (Egypt, 24 B.C.); θ. ἡμῶν καὶ δεσπότης IPE4.71
(Cherson., ii A.D.).

b = Lat. Divus, Mon.Anc.Gr.10.4, Str.4.1.1, etc.; οἱ ἐν θεοῖς αὐτοκράτορες,= divi Imperatores, IG12(1).786 ([place name] Rhodes).

c generally of the dead, καὶ ζῶντός σου καὶ εἰς θεοὺς ἀπελθόντος PPetr.2p.45
(iii B.C.); θεοῖς χθονίοις,= Lat. Dis Manibus, IG14.30,al.

4 one set in authority, judge, τὸ κριτήριον τοῦ θ., ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ., LXXEx.21.6, 22.8; θεοὺς οὐ κακολογήσεις ib.22.28(27).

II θεός fem., goddess, μήτε θήλεια θεός, μήτε τις ἄρσην Il.8.7
, cf. Hdt.2.35, al.; τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχομαι πᾶσι καὶ πάσαις D.18.1
, cf. 141, Orac.ib.21.52; esp. at Athens, of Athena, Decr. ap. And.1.77, Pl.Ti. 21a, etc.; ἁ Διὸς θεός, Ζηνὸς ἡ θ., S.Aj. 401 (lyr.), 952 ( ἡ Διὸς θεά ib. 450); of other goddesses, ποντία θεός Pi.I. 8(7).36
; ἡ νερτέρα θ.,= Περσεφόνη, S.OC 1548, etc.; of Thetis, Pl. Ap. 28c; of Niobe, S.El. 150 (lyr.), Ant. 834 (anap.): in dual, of Demeter and Persephone, τὰ τοῖν θεοῖν ψηφίσματα Ar.V. 378
(lyr.); οὐδ' ἔδεισε τὼ θεώ And.1.125
; freq. in oaths, νὴ τὼ θεώ Ar.Lys. 112
; μὰ τὼ θεώ Id.Ec. 155
, 532.

III as Adj. in [comp] Comp. θεώτερος, divine, θύραι θ., opp. καταιβαταὶ ἀνθρώποισιν, Od.13.111; χορὸς θ. Call.Ap. 93, cf.Dian. 249, D.P.257. (Derived by Hdt.2.52 fr. τίθημι ([etym.] κόσμῳ θέντες τὰ πρήγματα), by Pl.Cra. 397d fr. θεῖν. Etym. dub.) [In [dialect] Ep. (twice in Hom.) and Trag. (E.Ba.47, 1347, al., not in Com.), as monosyll. by synizesis, θεοί Il.1.18
, Thgn.142; θεῶν h.Cer.55
, 259; θεοῖς Thgn.171
; θεοῖσιν Od.14.251
; θεούς h.Cer. 325
: even in nom. θεός before a vowel, E.Or. 399 (cf. Pors. ad loc.), HF 347; in Pi.P. 1.56 apptly. a short monosyll.]

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > θεός
8 τε

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).

A as a Conjunction,

I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
; δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375; τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b; λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
; ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3; τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.); κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε E.IA56
, cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.

2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v. οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.

3 τε ( both) sts. corresponds to a following δέ ( and), or τε ( and) to a preceding μέν, e.g.

a τε.. δὲ.. , as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625; ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
; διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.

b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.

4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c; Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι 1.5
; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; δάκνει σ' ἀδελφὸς ὅ τε θανὼν ἴσως πατήρ E.El. 242
, cf. 253, 262, al.; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7; πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.); χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7; ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4; ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.); καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; ἀταράχους τήν τε δύναμιν ἀκαθαιρέτους Sor.1.21
, cf. 24, al.; ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6; χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.

II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.7
; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293; ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
; βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
; ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
; βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ S.Ant. 181
; μεσαμβρίη τέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ κάρτα γίνεται ψυχρόν Hdt.4.181
; ἔτυχόν τε ὕσταται ἐξαναχθεῖσαι καί κως κατεῖδον Id.7.194
; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193; ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; χωρὶς τό τ' εἰπεῖν πολλὰ καὶ τὰ καίρια S.OC 808
; ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A.Pr. 927
; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
; ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
; θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
; πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g. τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6, ἄλλως 1.3
.

2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep., σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.

3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.

b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
; καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
; καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.

4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ἄλλα τε ἐπιφραζόμενος καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεπόμφεε Hdt.1.85
; ἀλλῳ τε τρόπῳ πειράζοντες καὶ μηχανὴν προσήγαγον Th.4.100
; τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.

5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.

B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Il.19.221
; οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα θεῶν τρέπεται νόος αἰὲν ἐόντων Od.3.147
; θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα 18.309
, cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526; ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
; οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
; οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; ἄλλος γάρ τ' ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od.14.228
, cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322; ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
; παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
; αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307; τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ὀλίγη δέ τ' ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο 18.201
; νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
; κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
; σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied); ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
; οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521; μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.

2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
; Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
; δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.

3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:

a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
; εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6; ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.

b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
; ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
; ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt., ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.

c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9; εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.

4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; πάντων ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει 17.447
, cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη 5.52
, cf. 18.485.

5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160; ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332; κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
; μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
; οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.

6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608; ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
; ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
; αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294; οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415; οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464; πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
; οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.

7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
; Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
; Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; νυμφάων αἵ τ' ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν Il.20.8
; Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν' ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Il.23.43
, cf. 2.669, Od.5.4; Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
; Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
; Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
; τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
; ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
; σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
; καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.

8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; ἔνθα δέ τ' ὄρνιθες τανυσίπτεροι εὐνάζοντο 5.65
, cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; δοιαὶ γάρ τε πύλαι ἀμενηνῶν εἰσὶν ὀνείρων 19.562
; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
; ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266; ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.

9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.

10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; τοῦ δ' ἤτοι κλέος ἔσται ὅσον τ' ἐπικίδναται ἠώς 7.451
; ὅτε τόσσον ἀπῆν ὅσσον τε γέγωνε βοήσας Od.9.473
, cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358; ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.

11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535, ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.

II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing) Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. has τά πέρ τε 1.74
, ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al., οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; ἀφ' οὗ τε UPZ62.8
(ii B.C.); ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); οἵ τε GDI215.23
(Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962; ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
; οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.

C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:

1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
; ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) in οὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; σὲ δέ τ' ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται 16.836
; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν 13.47
, cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.

2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ὣς ἄγαγ' ὡς μήτ' ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ' ἄρ τε νοήσῃ Il.24.337
; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ') ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ') ; δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.

3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
; σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187; ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ' ἄμεινον Il.24.52
.

4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
; τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166; εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.); ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
; νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
; πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
; δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
; ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ') , τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
; οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
; οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
; οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.

5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18; ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τ' ἦλθον Ἀμαζόνες 3.189
(but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); ὅτε τ' ἤλυθε νόσφιν Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας 5.803
, cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.

6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ' ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Il.1.244
, cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.

7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom., ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.

8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.

9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.

10 Rarer and later uses;

a also, esp. with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483; ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.); ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.); τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.

b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.

c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.

D Position of τε:

1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; ἡμέτεραί τ' ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 2.136
, cf. 4.505, 7.295; αἰεί τε δὴ νηλὴς οὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως A.Pr.42
codd., cf. 291 (anap.); ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
; ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Pl.R. 537a
, cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.); πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.

2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε.

E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Skt. ca, Lat. - que; for signfs. B and c cf. Skt. ca in yá[hudot ] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Lat. - que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Goth. ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Lat. namque (= nam).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τε
9 κύριος

1
I. κύριος, ία, ιον(Pind. et al.; ins, pap) comp. κυριώτερος (Just., A II, 13, 3); superl. κυριώτατος (Just., D. 11, 2); adv. κυρίως. The primary mng. relates to possession of power or authority, in various senses: ‘strong, authoritative, valid, ruling’; then to that which is preeminently important principal, essential (Aeschyl. et al.; 4 Macc 1:19; Jos., Ant. 20, 41, C. Ap. 1, 19; 2, 177; Just.; Ath. 22:2) τὸ δὲ κυριώτερον but what is more important IMg 1:2 (cp. Diog. L. 4, 26 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ=quite definitely).—DELG.
2
II. κύριος, ου, ὁ (the masc. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [s. I], Aeschyl.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385 [=ὁ τὸ κῦρος ἔχων]; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr.; Philo, Joseph., apolog.; loanw. in rabb. For the corresp. fem. s. κυρία.) gener. ‘lord, master’.

① one who is in charge by virtue of possession, owner (X., Symp. 6, 1; Diod S 4, 15, 3; 14, 7, 6; ins, pap, LXX) κ. πάντων Gal 4:1 (Diod S 33, 7, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 13 p. 12, 10 of one who has come of age and controls his own property).

ⓐ of things w. impers. obj. κ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος owner of the vineyard (cp. SIG 742, 6 κ. τῆς χώρας) Mt 20:8; 21:40; Mk 12:9; Lk 20:13, 15; ὁ κ. τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house (Ex 22:7; SIG 1215, 28; PTebt 5, 147 [118 B.C.] τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν) Mk 13:35. Of a πῶλος: οἱ κ. αὐτοῦ its owners (PHib 34, 3 a span of oxen; Ex 21:29 [αὐτοῦ=τοῦ ταύρου]) Lk 19:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th ser., 8, 1914, 94f, in connection w. the pl. here and Ac 16:16, 19 thinks of the owners as man and wife; the pl. οἱ κύριοι has this mng. Diod S 34 + 35, Fgm. 2, 10 and 2, 37: a married couple who are slave-owners. On the other hand in the Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 16 p. 534 P. οἱ κύριοι of a dog are a number of metalworkers. On Hebr. background for possible understanding of the pl. in the sing. sense ‘owner’, s. RButh, JBL 104, ’86, 680–85.). The mng. owner easily passes into that of lord, master, one who has full control of someth. (Diod S 5, 42, 5 θανάτου κύριοι=lords over [life and] death; 10, 17, 1 and 2 κ. τοῦ σώματος=master of one’s own body; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 10 ὁ κ. τῆς ζωῆς; PsSol 2:29 κ. γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 67; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200) ὁ κ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ the Lord of the harvest (Jos., Ant.4, 227 κύριος ἔστω τὰ φυτὰ καρποῦσθαι) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2. κ. τοῦ σαββάτου Lord of the Sabbath Mt 12:8; Mk 2:28; Lk 6:5.

ⓑ w. a personal obj.: opp. δοῦλος J 13:16; foll. by gen. of pers. (cp. Judg 19:11; Gen 24:36; TestSol 22:5; TestJob 7:9; TestGad 4:4; JosAs 4:14) Mt 10:24f; 18:31f; 24:48; Lk 12:36. ὁ κ. τοῦ δούλου Lk 12:46. Abs., though the sense is unmistakable (Diod S 8, 5, 3; ApcEsdr 3:14 p. 27, 27f Tdf.) 12:37, 42b; 14:23; J 15:15; cp. Ro 14:4a; Eph 6:9a; Col 4:1. Several masters of the same slave (Billerb. I 430.—TestJos 14:2): δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Ac 16:16, 19 (s. Souter under a above). κατὰ σάρκα designates more definitely the sphere in which the service-relation holds true οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κ. Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. As a form of address used by slaves κύριε Mt 13:27; 25:20, 22, 24; Lk 13:8; 14:22; 19:16, 18, 20, 25.

② one who is in a position of authority, lord, master

ⓐ of earthly beings, as a designation of any pers. of high position: of husband in contrast to wife 1 Pt 3:6 (Gen 18:12; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 15 [Stone p. 38]; ApcMos 2. cp. Plut., De Virt. Mul. 15 p. 252b; SIG 1189, 7; 1190, 5; 1234, 1); of a father by his son Mt 21:29 (cp. BGU 423, 2 Ἀπίων Ἐπιμάχῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ; 818, 1; 28; Gen 31:35; by his daughter TestJob 46:2; JosAs 4:5); of an official in high position, by those who have dealings with him (cp. PFay 106, 15; 129, 1; 134, 2; BGU 648, 16) Mt 27:63. As a form of address to respected pers. gener.; here, as elsewhere, = our sir (as Mod. Gk.) Mt 25:11; J 12:21; 20:15 (but s. NWyatt, ZNW 81, ’90, 38); Ac 16:30; Rv 7:14 (cp. Epict. 3, 23, 11; 19; Gen 23:6; 44:18; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 33 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 7:8 al.). The distinctive Gr-Rom. view of ‘deified’ rulers requires treatment under 2bβ.

ⓑ of transcendent beings

α. as a designation of God (for this custom, which has its roots in the Orient, s. the references in Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Bousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 95–98; Dssm., LO 298f [LAE 353ff]; s. also SEG XXXVI, 350 and add. ins cited by DZeller, DDD 918f; LXX (where it freq. replaces the name Yahweh in the Mt); pseudepigr.; Philo, Just.; Hippol. Ref. 8, 17, 1; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 35, 6.—FDoppler, D. Wort ‘Herr’ als Göttername im Griech.: Opusc. philol. v. kath. akad. Philologenverein in Wien I 1926, 42–47; MParca, ASP 31, ’91, 51 [lit.]) ὁ κ. Mt 5:33; Mk 5:19; Lk 1:6, 9, 28, 46; 2:15, 22; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 7:33; 8:24; Eph 6:7 (perh. w. ref. to Christ); 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 1:16, 18; Hb 8:2; Js 1:7; 4:15. Without the art. (on the inclusion or omission of the art. s. BWeiss [θεός, beg.]; B-D-F §254, 1; Mlt-Turner 174), like a personal name (οὐδένα κύριον ὀνομνάζουσι πλὴν τὸν θεόν Hippol. Ref. 9, 26, 2) Mt 27:10; Mk 13:20; Lk 1:17, 58; Ac 7:49; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4); 12:6 (Pr 3:12); 2 Pt 2:9; Jd 5 (θεὸς Χριστός P⁷²); 9. ἄγγελος κυρίου (LXX, TestSol, GrBar et al.) Mt 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 28:2; Lk 1:11; 2:9a; J 5:3 v.l.; Ac 5:19; 7:30 v.l.; 8:26; 12:7, 23. δόξα κυρίου (Is 40:5; PsSol 5:19; 7:31; TestLevi 8:11; ApcMos 37) Lk 2:9b; δούλη κ. 1:38; ἡμέρα κ. Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); νόμος κ. Lk 2:23f, 39; τὸ ὄνομα κ. Mt 21:9 (Ps 117:26; PsSol 6:1 al.); Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); πνεῦμα κ. Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39; τὸ ῥῆμα κ. 1 Pt 1:25 (Gen 15:1 al.); φωνὴ κ. (Gen 3:8 al.); Ac 7:31; χεὶρ κ. (Ex 9:3 al.; TestJob 26:4; ApcMos prol.) Lk 1:66. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου 2:26 (PsSol 17:32 [Χριστὸς κύριος, s. app.]).—W. the sphere of his lordship more definitely expressed (Diod S 3, 61, 5 Zeus is κ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; 6 θεὸς καὶ κ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; Jos., Ant. 20, 90 τῶν πάντων κ.; Just., D. 127, 2 κ. τῶν πάντων) κ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (PGM 4, 640f; ParJer 5:32 [Harris]) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21; cp. Ac 17:24. κ. τῶν κυριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Ti 6:15. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1:14; 2 Pt 3:15; Rv 11:15 (LXX; PsSol 10:5). Cp. 22:6 (s. Num 16:22; 27:16). κ. ὁ θεός Lk 1:32; Rv 1:8; with μου (σου, etc.) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16), 10 (Dt 6:13); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29f (Dt 6:4f); Lk 1:16 al. κ. ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1:68 (PsSol 16:3; TestSol 1:13). κ. ὁ θεὸς (ἡμῶν) ὁ παντοκράτωρ God, the (our) Lord, the Almighty Rv 4:8; 15:3; 16:7; 19:6; 21:22 (TestSol D 4:7; cp. ParJer 9:6). κ. Σαβαώθ Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9; TestSol 1:6 al.; Just., D. 64, 2); Js 5:4.—W. prep. ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:15 (Ex 23:17; 1 Km 1:25 al.; TestJob 15:6 al.; TestReub 1:9 al.). παρὰ κυρίου Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). παρὰ κυρίῳ 2 Pt 3:8. πρὸς τὸν κύριον Hs 9, 12, 6 (LXX; PsSol 1:1 al.).

β. Closely connected w. the custom of applying the term κ. to deities is that of honoring (deified) rulers with the same title (exx. [2bα beg.] in Ltzm., op. cit.; Bousset 93; Dssm., 299ff [LAE 356]; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II 1900, 605ff; KPrümm, Herrscherkult u. NT: Biblica 9, 1928, 3–25; 119–40; 289–301; JFears, RAC XIV, 1047–93; JvanHenten, 1341–52 [lit.]; cp. the attitude of the Lacedaemonians: φοβούμενοι τὸν ἕνα κ. αὐτῶν τὸν Λυκούργου νόμον=‘respecting their one and only lord, the law of Lycurgus’ Orig., C. Cels. 8, 6, 12). Fr. the time of Claudius (POxy. 37, 6; O. Wilck II 1038, 6) we find the Rom. emperors so designated in increasing measure; in isolated cases, even earlier (OGI 606, 1; on Augustus’ attitude s. DioCass. 51, 7f). Ac 25:26.—On deified rulers in gener. s. LCerfaux-JTondriau, Un concurrent du Christianisme: le culte des souverains dans la civilisation gréco-romaine ’57; FTaeger, Charisma, 2 vols. ’57–60; DRoloff, Göttlichkeit, Vergöttlichung und Erhöhung zu seligem Leben, ’70. S. esp. the collection of articles and reviews by various scholars, in Römischer Kaiserkult, ed. AWlosok ’78.

γ. κύριος is also used in ref. to Jesus:

א. in OT quotations, where it is understood of the Lord of the new community ἡ ὁδὸς κ. (Is 40:3) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4; J 1:23. εἶπεν κύριος τ. κυρίῳ μου (Ps 109:1: the first κ. is God, the second Christ; s. Billerb. IV 452–65: Der 110. Ps. in d. altrabb. Lit.; βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν χριστὸς κ. [or κυρίου; s. 2bα] PsSol 17:32) Mt 22:44 (cp. vss. 43, 45); Mk 12:36 (cp. vs. 37); Lk 20:42 (cp. vs. 44); Ac 2:34. ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Cor 1:31 (cp. Jer 9:22f). τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου Ro 10:13 (cp. Jo 3:5). σὺ κατʼ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας Hb 1:10 (cp. Ps 101:26). εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος 1 Pt 2:3 (cp. Ps 33:9). 1 Pt 3:15 adds Χριστόν to κύριον ἁγιάσατε Is 8:13.

ב. Apart from OT quots., Mt and Mk speak of Jesus as κύριος only in one pass. (words of Jesus himself) Mk 11:3=Mt 21:3 (but s. RBratcher, ET 64, ’52/53, 93; New Docs 1, 43; JDerrett, NovT 13, ’71, 241–58 on the public transport system; cp. Lk 19:31, 34), but they record that he was addressed as ‘Lord’ (κύριε), once in Mk (7:28) and more oft. in Mt, e.g. 8:2, 6, 8, 21, 25; 9:28; 14:28, 30; 15:22, 25, 27; 16:22 (also ApcSed 12:2).—Lk refers to Jesus much more frequently as ὁ κ. (Iren. 1, prol. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5] and 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 396, 2]): 7:13; 10:1, 39 (Ἰησοῦ P⁷⁵; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ P⁴⁵ et al.), 41; 11:39; 12:42a; 13:15; 17:5f; 18:6; 19:8 al. The voc. κύριε is also found oft.: 5:8, 12; 9:54, 61; 10:17, 40; 11:1; 12:41 al.—In J the designation ὁ κ. occurs rarely, in the first 19 chapters only in passages that are text-critically uncertain (4:1 v.l.; 6:23, with omission in some mss.) or that have been suspected on other grounds (11:2); then 20:2, 18, 20, 25; cp. vss. 13, 28; 21:7ab, 12. On the other hand, κύριε in address is extraordinarily common throughout the whole book: 4:11, 15, 19, 49; 5:7; 6:34, 68 al. (more than 30 times).—In the long ending of Mk we have the designation ὁ κ. twice, 16:19, 20. In GPt ὁ κ. occurs 1:2; 2:3ab; 3:6, 8; 4:10; 5:19; 6:21, 24; 12:50ab; 14:59, 60 (in the last pass. without the art.); the fragment that has been preserved hardly affords any opportunity for the use of the voc. 2 Cl introduces apocryphal sayings of Jesus with λέγει ὁ κ. 5:2; λ. ὁ κ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ 8:5.—Repeated κύριε, κύριε Mt 7:21f; Lk 6:46; 2 Cl 4:2 (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 26 [Stone p. 20]; ApcMos 25 p. 14, 1 Tdf.; s. KKöhler, StKr 88, 1915, 471–90).

ג. Even in the passages already mentioned the use of the word κ. raises Jesus above the human level (Mani is also κ. for his people: Kephal. I 183, 11; 13; 16); this tendency becomes even clearer in the following places: ὁ κύριος Ac 5:14; 9:10f, 42; 11:23f; 22:10b; Ro 12:11; 14:8; 1 Cor 6:13f, 17; 7:10, 12; 2 Cor 5:6, 8; Gal 1:19; Col 1:10; 1 Th 4:15b; 2 Th 3:1; Hb 2:3; Js 5:7f; B 5:5; IEph 10:3; AcPl Ha 6, 21; 7, 5; 27; 8, 2; AcPlCor 1:6, 14.—Without the art. 1 Cor 4:4; 7:22b; 10:21ab; 2 Cor 12:1; 1 Th 4:15a; 2 Ti 2:24; AcPlCor 1:8. So esp. in combinations w. preps.: ἀπὸ κυρίου Col 3:24. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8. πρὸς κύριον 2 Cor 3:16; AcPl Ha 6, 9. πρὸς τὸν κ. 8, 23. σὺν κυρίῳ 1 Th 4:17b. ὑπὸ κυρίου 1 Cor 7:25b; 2 Th 2:13. Esp. freq. is the Pauline formula ἐν κυρίῳ (lit. on ἐν 4c), which appears outside Paul’s letters only Rv 14:13; IPol 8:3; AcPl Ha 3, 23; AcPlCor 1:1, 16 (cp. Pol 1:1 ἐν κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστῷ): 1 Cor 11:11; Phlm 16; πιστὸς ἐν κ. 1 Cor 4:17; cp. Eph 6:21; Hm 4, 1, 4; φῶς ἐν κ. Eph 5:8. ἡ σφραγίς μου τ. ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κ. 1 Cor 9:2. W. verbs: ἀσπάζεσθαι Ro 16:22 (GBahr, CBQ 28, ’66, 465f renders: in the service of my master, i.e. Paul); 1 Cor 16:19. ἐνδυναμοῦσθαι Eph 6:10. καλεῖσθαι 1 Cor 7:22a. καυχᾶσθαι 1:31. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12ab; μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν Col 4:17. πεποιθέναι εἴς τινα Gal 5:10. ἐπί τινα 2 Th 3:4; cp. Phil 1:14; 2:24. προί̈στασθαι 1 Th 5:12. προσδέχεσθαι Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. στήκειν 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κ. 2 Cor 2:12.—W. διδάσκαλος J 13:13f. W. σωτήρ 2 Pt 3:2; cp. 1:11; 2:20 (Just., D. 39, 2). W. Χριστός Ac 2:36; cp. Χριστὸς κύριος (La 4:20; PsSol 17, 32 v.l. [GBeale, Christos Kyrios in PsSol 17:32—‘The Lord’s Anointed’ Reconsidered: NTS 31, ’85, 620–27]; PsSol 18 ins) Lk 2:11. ὁ κ. Χριστός AcPlCor 2:3. Esp. freq. are the formulas ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Ac 1:21; 4:33; 8:16; 11:20; 15:11; 16:31; 19:5, 13, 17; 20:24, 35; 21:13; 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31; Gal 6:17 v.l.; Eph 1:15; 1 Th 2:15; 4:2; 2 Th 1:7; 2:8; Phlm 5.—ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 11:17; 28:31; Ro 13:14; 2 Cor 13:13; Phil 4:23; 2 Th 3:6; Phlm 25; 1 Cl 21:6 (Ar. 15, 1). Without the art. mostly in introductions to letters Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; 6:23; Phil 1:2; 3:20; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2, 12b; 1 Ti 5:21 v.l.; Js 1:1; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς κ. 2 Cor 4:5; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. Col 2:6. Χριστὸς ὁ κ. 2 Cl 9:5. In an appeal κύριε Ἰησοῦ (cp. Sb 8316, 5f κύριε Σάραπι; PGM 7, 331 κύριε Ἄνουβι) Ac 7:59; Rv 22:20. κύριε AcPl Ha 7:30f, 40.—W. gen. of pers. (in many places the mss. vary considerably in adding or omitting this gen.) ὁ κ. μου ISm 5:2. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 2 Ti 1:8; Hb 7:14; IPhld ins; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Ac 20:21; 1 Cor 5:4; 2 Cor 1:14; 1 Th 2:19; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 1:8; Hb 13:20. Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cor 9:1. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ro 16:18 (the only pass. in Paul without Ἰησοῦς). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 15:26; Ro 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30; 1 Cor 1:2, 7f, 10; 6:11 v.l.; 15:57; 2 Cor 1:3; 8:9; Gal 6:14, 18; Eph 1:3; 5:20; 6:24; Col 1:3; 1 Th 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28; 2 Th 2:1, 14, 16; 3:18; 1 Ti 6:3, 14; Js 2:1; 1 Pt 1:3; 2 Pt 1:8, 14, 16; Jd 4, 17, 21 (also TestSol 1:12 D). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ἰησοῦς AcPlCor 2:5; cp. AcPl Ha 8, 17=Ox 1602, 20f/BMM recto 22. Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 1:4; 5:21; 7:25; 1 Cor 1:9; Jd 25 (Just., D. 41, 4). (ὁ) Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 6:11 v.l., 23; 8:39; 1 Cor 15:31; Eph 3:11; 1 Ti 1:2, 12; 2 Ti 1:2 (ὁ ἡμέτερος κ. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Just., D. 32, 3 and 47, 5 al.). Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. μου Phil 3:8. ὁ κ. μου Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς AcPl Ha 7, 29. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν Rv 11:8.—W. other genitives: πάντων κ. Lord over all (cp. Pind., I. 5, 53 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ.; Plut., Mor. 355e Osiris; PGM 13, 202) Ac 10:36; Ro 10:12. κ. κυρίων (cp. En 9:4) Rv 17:14; 19:16.—That ‘Jesus is κύριο’ (perh. ‘our κύριος is Jesus’) is the confession of the (Pauline) Christian church: Ro 10:9; 1 Cor 12:3; cp. 8:6; Phil 2:11 (on the latter pass. s. under ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1. Cp. also Diod S 5, 72, 1: after Zeus was raised ἐκ γῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, there arose in the ψυχαῖς of all those who had experienced his benefactions, the belief ὡς ἁπάντων τῶν γινομένων κατὰ οὐρανὸν οὗτος εἴη κύριος; s. also 3, 61, 6 Zeus acclaimed ‘God and Lord’).—In J the confession takes the form ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. θεός, beg., and 3c).—JFitzmyer, The Semitic Background of the NT Kyrios-Title: A Wandering Aramaean—Collected Aramaic Essays ’79, 115–42; s. also 87–90.

δ. In some places it is not clear whether God or Christ is meant, cp. Ac 9:31; 1 Cor 4:19; 7:17; 2 Cor 8:21; Col 3:22b; 1 Th 4:6; 2 Th 3:16 al.

ε. of other transcendent beings

א. an angel Ac 10:4 (JosAs 14:6 al.; GrBar 4:1 al.; ApcZeph). p. 129 Denis.

ב. in contrast to the one κύριος of the Christians there are θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί many gods and many lords 1 Cor 8:5 (cp. Dt 10:17); we cannot say just what difference, if any, Paul makes betw. these θεοί and κύριοι; unless we have here an hendiadys, the apostle may imply that the κ. are of lower rank than the θ. (sim. Did., Gen. 248, 5. On the many θεοί and lesser divinities cp. Maximus Tyr. 11, 5ab θεὸς εἷς πάντων βασιλεὺς κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί, θεοῦ παῖδες [= δαίμονες 11, 12a], συνάρχοντες θεοῦ. Ταῦτα κ. ὁ Ἕλλην λέγει, κ. ὁ βάρβαρος; 8, 8ef. Also Diog. L. 8, 23 the saying of Pythagoras, that humankind must τοὺς θεοὺς δαιμόνων προτιμᾶν=honor the deities more than the divinities or demi-gods δαίμονες; Heraclitus, Fgm. 5 divides the celestial realm into θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες. S. also κυριότης 3 and, in a way, PGM 36, 246 κύριοι ἄγγελοι; s. also θεός 1).—On the whole word s. WGraf Baudissin, Kyrios als Gottesname im Judentum u. s. Stelle in d. Religionsgesch., 4 vols. 1926–29; SvenHerner, Die Anwendung d. Wortes κ. im NT 1903; Dssm., LO 298ff [LAE 353ff]; BBacon, Jesus as Lord: HTR 4, 1911, 204–28; WHeitmüller, ZNW 13, 1912, 333ff; HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v. Tarsos 1913, 53ff, Zum Begriff κύριος bei Pls: ZNW 14, 1913, 23ff, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 170ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921 [Engl. tr. JSteely ’70]; PWern-le, ZTK 25, 1915, 1–92; PAlthaus, NKZ 26, 1915, 439ff; 513ff; Heitmüller, ZTK 25, 1915, 156ff; Bousset, Jesus der Herr 1916; GVos, The Continuity of the Kyrios Title in the NT: PTR 13, 1915, 161–89, The Kyrios Christos Controversy: ibid. 15, 1917, 21–89; EWeber, Zum Gebrauch der κύριος-Bez.: NKZ 31, 1920, 254ff; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Paulus: ZNW 22, 1923, 43ff; RSeeberg, D. Ursprung des Christenglaubens 1914; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 351ff; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Burton, ICC Gal 1921, 399–404; WFoerster, Herr ist Jesus 1924; AFrövig, D. Kyriosglaube des NTs 1928; ELohmeyer, Kyr. Jesus 1928; EvDobschütz, Κύριος Ἰησοῦς: ZNW 30, ’31, 97–123 (lit.); OMichel, D. Christus des Pls: ZNW 32, ’33, 6–31; also 28, 1929, 324–33; Dodd 9–11; LCerfaux, ‘Kyrios’ dans les citations paul. de l’AT: ETL 20, ’43, 5–17; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 130–37; PÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur ’67; IPotterie, BRigaux Festschr. ’70, 117–46 (Luke); JKingsbury, JBL 94, ’75, 246–55 (Mt); FDanker, Luke ’87, 60–81; DZeller, 925–28 (lit.).—B. 1330. Schürer II 326. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κύριος
10 ἐπικλώθω

ἐπι-κλώθω,

A spin upon, ῥάμμα (q.v.) Hermipp.48; elsewh.,

II. spin to one, assign, prop. of the Fates who spun the thread of destiny; also of all powers which influence men's fortunes, οὔ μοι τοιοῦτον ἐπέκλωσαν θεοὶ ὄλβον Od.3.208
, cf.4.208, etc.; ὁππότε κεν Μοῖραι ἐπικλώσωσ' (sc. θάνατον) Callin.1.9, cf. Them.Or.32.356d:—[voice] Med., ὁππότε [θεοὶ] βασιλεῦσιν ἐπικλώσωνται ὀϊζύν Od.20.196
, cf. 8.579: sts. c.inf. pro acc., τῷ οἱ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ οἶκόνδε νέεσθαι 1.17
; ὡς γὰρ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσι, ζώειν ἀχνυμένοις Il.24.525
(here only in Il.):—so in [voice] Act., φιτρὸν τὸν Μοῖρ' ἐπέκλωσεν ζωᾶς ὅρον ἔμμεν B.5.143
; τοῦτο γὰρ λάχος.. Μοῖρ' ἐπέκλωσεν ἐμπέδως ἔχειν A. Eu. 335
(lyr.); ἐπεὶ τό γε (sc. θανεῖν) Μοῖρ' ἐ. CIG 3136 ([place name] Erythrae), al.—Poet. word, used by Pl.Tht. 169c τὴν.. εἱμαρμένην, ἣν <ἂν> σὺ ἐπικλώσῃς, cf. Stoic.2.319, Luc.Cont.16, DMort.30.2, Jul.Or.7.229c:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐπικλωσθέντα its destiny, Pl.R. 620e, cf. Lg. 957e, Plu.2.22b, 114d; ἐξ ἀρχῆς -κεκλωσμένην ἀπόβασιν Com.Adesp.295
(troch.).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπικλώθω
11 Ζεύς

Ζεύς, ὁ, nom. Il.1.175, al., once written

A Ζηύς IG12(3).1313
([place name] Thera), but Ζεύς ib.1316, al.; [dialect] Boeot. Δεύς (q.v.); voc. Ζεῦ Il.1.503
, etc.; gen. Διϝός BMus.Inscr.952
(Cephallenia, vi B.C.), Διός Il.1.63
, etc.; dat. Διϝί Schwyzer 80
(Argive, from Olympia, v B.C.), Διί Il.1.578
, al., IG12.80.12 (v B.C.), etc., [var] contr. Δί [ῑ] Pi.O.13.106, SIG9,35 (Elis, vi B.C., Syrac., v B.C., from Olympia); late Δεΐ JHS32.167
([place name] Pisidia), etc.; acc. Δία, rarer than Διός, Διί in Hom. (Il.1.394, al.), freq. later (cf. Skt. dyaús, gen. divás, loc. diví 'sky', 'heaven', 'day', loc. also dyávi,= Lat. Jove, acc. dyā´m,= Lat. diem,= Gr. Ζῆν (v. infr.)): also nom. [full] Ζήν prob. in A.Supp. 162 (lyr.); gen. dat. acc. Ζηνός, Ζηνί, Ζῆνα, Il.4.408, 2.49, 14.157, al., freq. in Trag. (Com. only in Trag. phrases); Coan Ζηνί SIG1025.24
(iv/iii B.C.); acc. Ζῆν ( Ζῆν' Aristarch.
) Il.8.206, 14.265, 24.331, Hes.Th. 884, at end of verse, before vowel in next verse (stem Ζην- prob. originated in acc. sg.); Cret. Ττηνός, Ττηνί, GDI5024.23, 77, Τῆνα, Τηνί, ib.5039.11, 5145.12, Δῆνα SIG527.17
(iii B.C.); nom. Δήν Hdn.Gr.2.911:—[dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. forms with α (of doubtful origin), nom. [full] Ζάν Pythag. ap. Porph.VP17, Ar.Av. 570; gen. Ζανός Schwyzer 696
(Chios, iv B.C.), Cerc.1.7, Philox.3.10, IG5(1).407 (Sparta, ii A.D.); Ζανός and Ζανί, Lyr.Adesp. 82A, B ([place name] Ionic); acc. Ζᾶνα Call.Fr.10.6P.
, cf. Euhem.24J. ( FGrH 63); nom. [full] Ζάς Pherecyd.Syr.1, 2 ( Ζής ap.Hdn.Gr. l.c.), Ζάς Ζαντός Choerob. in Theod.1.116
; [full] Δάν (q. v.); [full] Τάν Head Hist.Num. 2469 ([place name] Crete); nom. [full] Δίς Rhinth.14, Hdn.Gr. l.c.:—obl. cases Ζεός, Ζεΐ, Ζέα, cited by S.E.M.1.177, 195; Ζεῦν f.l. for Ζῆν' Aeschrio 8.5: the pl. Δίες, Δίας, Διῶν, Δισί, Ael.Dion.Fr. 127; τοὺς κτησίους Δίας Ath. 11.473b
; Δίες καὶ Ζῆνες Stoic.2.191
; Elean Ζᾶνες Paus.5.21.2
:— Zeus, the sky-god, ὔει μὲν ὀ Z. Alc.34, cf. SIG93.34 (v B.C.), Thphr. Char.14.12, etc.; Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ πάντες θεοί, ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ θεοί, X.Cyr.2.2.10, Ar.Pl.1, etc.; Ζεῦ Ζεῦ A.Ch. 246
, Ar.V. 323 (lyr., prob. l.); ὦ Ζεῦ βασιλεῦ, τῆς λεπτότητος τῶν φρενῶν Id.Nu. 153
; in oaths, οὐ μὰ Ζῆνα, twice in Hom., Il.23.43, Od.20.339: freq. in Com. and Prose, οὐ μὰ Δία Ar.V. 193
, Pl.R. 426b (c.Art., μὰ τὸν Δί', οὐ Ar.V. 169
, al.); ναὶ μὰ Δία Id.Ach.88
, X.Mem.2.7.14; νὴ τὸν Δία or νὴ Δία, Ar.V. 217, Eq. 319, etc.; cf. νηδί; πρὸς τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
; πρὸς Διός X.An.5.7.32
; οὐ τὸν Δία alone, Ar.Lys. 986: prov. of enormous wealth, τῷ Διὶ πλούτου πέρι ἐρίζειν Hdt.5.49
.

II of other deities, Ζ. καταχθόνιος,= Πλούτων, Il.9.457; Ζ. χθόνιος S.OC 1606
, SIG1024.25 (Myconos, iii/ii B.C.); of non-Greek divinities, Ζ. Ἄμμων Pi.P. 4.16
, etc.; freq. of Semitic Baalim, Z. Βεελβώσωρος, etc., OGI620 (Gerasa, i A.D.)), etc.; Z. Ὠρομάσδης,= Pers. Ahuramazda, ib.383.41 (Nemrud Dagh, i B.C.).

III of persons, ὁ σχινοκέφαλος Z., iron. of Pericles, Cratin.71; in flattery of kings, Hdt.7.56 (of Xerxes); Ξέρξης ὁ τῶν Περσῶν Z. Gorg.Fr.5aD.; [ἱερεὺς] Σελεύκου Διὸς Νικάτορος OGI245.10
(ii B.C.); of the Roman emperors, Opp.C.1.3; Νέρων Z. Ἐλευθέριος IG7.2713.41
([place name] Acraephiae), etc.; Ζῆνα τὸν Αἰνεάδην AP9.307
(Phil.).

IV Διὸς ἀστήρ the planet Jupiter, Pl.Epin. 987c, Arist.Mete. 343b30, etc.; so Ζεύς Placit.2.32.1
, Cleom.2.7; Διὸς ἡμέρα a day of the week, D.C.37.19.

V Pythag. name for the monad, Theol.Ar.12.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > Ζεύς
12 ὄλβιος

ὄλβιος, ον Tz.H.1.600, but usu. α, ον, as Pi.O.13.4, E.Alc. 452 (lyr.), Or. 1338: ([etym.] ὄλβος):

I of persons, happy, blest, esp. with reference to worldly goods, οἶκον.. ἔναιον ὄλβιος ἀφνειόν Od.17.420
, cf. Il.24.543 (nowhere else in Il.), etc. ; εὐδαίμων τε καὶ ὄ. Hes.Op. 826
; χρήμασι ὄ. Hdt.8.75
; μέγα ὄλβιος Id.6.24
; Πριάμου τοῦ μέγ' ὀλβίου E.Hec. 493
; τοῖς ὀλβίοις A.Ag. 941
; ὄ. δῶμα Pi.N.9.3
; τὰν ὀλβίαν Κόρινθον Id.O.13.4
; also of more than mere outward prosperity, Hdt.1.30-2.

2 generally, happy, blessed, ὄλβιον ξάνθαν ἐλάτηρα πώλων Alc.Supp.8.14
; ὄλβιε Ζεῦ A.Supp. 526
(lyr.) ; Διὶ ὀ. εὐχαριστήριον CIG2017
(Thrac. Chers.), cf. JHS25.56 (Cyzic.); ὄ. ὅστις ἰδών κτλ. Pi.Fr.137.1
, cf. Emp.132, S.El. 160 (lyr.), etc.: c. gen., ὄλβιαι ὀρχηθμοῦ AP9.189
; ὄλβιε καὶ ζωῆς, ὄλβιε καὶ θανάτου Epigr.Gr.243.15
(Pergam.).

II of things, used by Hom. (only in Od.) always in neut. pl., θεοὶ δέ τοι ὄ. δοῖεν may they give thee rich gifts, Od.8.413 ; φίλα δῶρα, τά μοι θεοὶ.. ὄ. ποιήσειαν may they make them prosperous, 13.42 (also as Adv.,
τοῖσιν θεοὶ ὄ. δοῖεν ζωέμεναι
happily,
7.148
) ; so in Hdt., πάντα μεγάλα.. καὶ ὄ. 1.30
; εἴπας πολλὰ καὶ ὄ. ib.31 ; ταῦτα τὰ -ώτατά σφι νενόμισται ib. 216. Adv. - ίως S.OC 1720
(lyr.): irreg. [comp] Sup. ὄλβιστος, η, ον, Call.Lav.Pall. 117, AP7.164 (Antip. Sid.), 1 (Alc. Mess.), 12.56 (Mel.), etc.: regul. [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. ὀλβιώτερος, ὀλβιώτατος, Hdt.1.32,30, 216.—Poet. word, rare in [dialect] Att. Prose, as Pl.Prt. 337d ([comp] Sup.), Plu.2.58e, and Com., as Ar.Ec. 1131.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὄλβιος
13 εἰμί

εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans³-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.² 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.

① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).

② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.

ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.

ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.

ⓒ in explanations:

α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.

β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.

③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be

ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.

ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.

ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.

ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).

④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.

⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.

⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.

⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).

⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.

⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.

⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.

⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.² 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).

ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.

ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).

α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).

β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.

γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).

ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).

ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.

ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί
14 οὔτε

οὔτε

a οὔτεοὔτε, neither... nor.

I
ἀκίνδυνοι δ ἀρεταὶ οὔτε παῤ ἀνδράσιν οὔτ ἐν ναυσὶ κοίλαις τίμιαι O. 6.10

οὔτε δύσηρις ἐὼν οὔτ' ὦν φιλόνικος ἄγαν O. 6.19

τοὶ δ' οὔτ ὦν ἀκοῦσαι οὔτ ἰδεῖν εὔχοντο O. 6.52

οὔτ' αἴθων ἀλώπηξ οὔτ ἐρίβρομοι λέοντες O. 11.20
[ οὔτε γὰρ θεοὶ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας ( οὐδὲ γὰρ coni. Schneidewin) O. 14.8]
γόνον οὔτ' ἐν ἀνδράσι γερασφόρον οὔτ ἐν θεῶν νόμοις P. 2.43

οὔτε ἔργον οὔτ' ἔπος ἐντράπελον κείνοισιν εἰπὼν P. 4.105
τὸν οὔτε χειμέριος ὄμβρος οὔτ' ἄνεμος ἐς μυχοὺς ἁλὸς
ἄξοισι P. 6.10

ἁ μὲν οὔθ' ἱστῶν παλιμβάμους ἐφίλησεν ὁδούς, οὔτε δείπνων τέρψιας P. 9.18
“ οὔτε παγκάρπων φυτῶν νάποινον οὔτ' ἀγνῶτα θηρῶν” P. 9.58
ἀλλ' οὔτε ματέῤ ἔπειτα κεδνὰν ἔιδεν οὔτε πατρωίαις ἐν ἀρούραις ἵππους Μυρμιδόνων Pae. 6.105
οὔτε τι μεμπτὸν οὔτ ὦν μεταλλακτόν fr. 220. 1. preceded by a purely emphatic neg.,
αἰὼν δ' ἀσφαλὴς οὐκ ἔγεντ οὔτ Αἰακίδᾳ παρὰ Πηλεῖ οὔτε παῤ ἀντιθέῳ Κάδμῳ P. 3.87

καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῖν ἐντὶ δόμοι οὔτε κώμων, ὦ Θρασύβουλ, ἐρατῶν, οὔτε μελικόμπων ἀοιδᾶν I. 2.31
—2.

II where the first οὔτε is suppressed.
νόῳ δὲ πλοῦτον ἄγει, ἄδικον οὔθ' ὑπέροπλον ἥβαν δρέπων P. 6.48

ναυσὶ δ' οὔτε πεζὸς ἰών κεν εὕροις ὁδόν P. 10.29

νόσοι δ' οὔτε γῆρας οὐλόμενον κέκραται ἱερᾷ γενεᾷ P. 10.41
ἀνδρὸς δ' οὔτε γυναικός Παρθ. 2. 3. ἀσκὸς δ οὔτε τις ἀμφορεὺς ἐλίνυεν δόμοις *fr. 104b. 4.* cf. O. 14.9, P. 3.30

b
οὐ οὔτε. πόνων δ' οὔ τις ἀπόκλαρός ἐστιν οὔτ ἔσεται P. 5.54

κλέπτει τέ μιν οὐ θεὸς οὐ βροτὸς ἔργοις οὔτε βουλαῖς P. 3.30

c
οὔτε οὐδέ. τοῖς οὔτε νόστος ὁμῶς ἔπαλπνος ἐν Πυθιάδι κρίθη, οὐδὲ μολόντων πὰρ ματέρ' ἀμφὶ γέλως γλυκὺς ὦρσεν χάριν P. 8.83
cf.
τε οὐ οὐδέ P. 8.36

d
οὐδέ οὔτε. οὐδ' ἔστιν οὕτω βάρβαρος οὔτε παλίγγλωσσος πόλις ἅτις οὐ Πηλέος ἀίει κλέος I. 6.24
οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας (Schneidewin: οὔτε codd.) O. 14.9

e
οὔτε τε οὐ ἀλλά. ἐν σχερῷ δ' οὔτ ὦν μέλαιναι καρπὸν ἔδωκαν ἄρουραι, δένδρεά τ οὐκ ἐθέλει πάσαις ἐτέων περόδοις ἄνθος εὐῶδες φέρειν πλούτῳ ἴσον, ἀλλ ἐναμείβοντι N. 11.39
—42.

f dub., frag. [ τὸν μὲν οὔτε θανόντ' ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον ( οὐδὲ coni. Boeckh) I. 8.56] οὔτε θαλασς[ fr. 33a. οὔθ' ἱπ[π fr. 215. b. 12.

Lexicon to Pindar > οὔτε
15 παῖς

παῑς (παῖς, πάις, παιδός, παιδί, παῖδ（α), παῖ; παῖδες, παίδων, παισί（ν), παίδεσσιν, παῖδες.)

1 son, daughter, child

a
Ἀοῦς τε παῖδ' Αἰθίοπα O. 2.83
Αἰνησιδάμου παιδὶ Theron O. 3.9
διδύμοις παισὶ Λήδας O. 3.35
Κλυμένοιο παῖδα Erginos O. 4.19 παῖδα ἰόπλοκον Εὐάδναν (Bergk: παῖδ' ἰοπλόκαμον codd.) O. 6.30 παῖδα, τὸν Εὐάδνα τέκοι Iamos O. 6.49 ὦ παῖ Σωστράτου Hagesias O. 6.80
τὰν ποντίαν ὑμνέων παῖδ' Ἀφροδίτας Ῥόδον O. 7.14

Ὑπεριονίδας ἔντειλεν φυλάξασθαι χρέος παισὶν φίλοις O. 7.41

τέκεν ἑπτὰ παῖδας O. 7.73

οὐκ ἄτερ παίδων σέθεν O. 8.45
τοῦ παῖς ἔστα σὺν Ἀχιλλεῖ μόνος Patroklos O. 9.70 τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν Ἀρχεστράτου παῖδα Hagesidamos O. 10.2
παῖς ὁ Λικυμνίου Οἰωνός O. 10.65

ἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου O. 10.86

παῖδ' ἐρατὸν δ Ἀρχεστράτου O. 10.99

Ἀρχεστράτου παῖ O. 11.12

παῖ Ζηνὸς ἐλευθερίου σώτειρα Τύχα O. 12.1

χρύσεαι παῖδες εὐβούλου Θέμιτος O. 13.8
θεῶν κρατίστου παῖδες (κρατιστόπαιδες Σ.) O. 14.15
παίδεσσιν ὕμνον Δεινομένεος τελέσαις P. 1.79
ὦ Δεινομένειε παῖ Hieron P. 2.18
χόλος δ' οὐκ ἀλίθιος γίνεται παίδων Διός P. 3.12
βάματι δ' ἐν πρώτῳ κιχὼν παῖδ ἐκ νεκροῦ ἅρπασε Asklepios P. 3.43
Νηρέος εὐβούλου Θέτιν παῖδα κλυτάν P. 3.92

Κρόνου παῖδας P. 3.94
τοῦ δὲ παῖς Achilles P. 3.100 Αἰήτα ζαμενὴς παῖς Medea P. 4.11 “κέκλυτε, παῖδες ὑπερθύμων τε φωτῶν καὶ θεῶν” P. 4.13 “ Εὐρύπυλος Γαιαόχου παῖς ἀφθίτου Ἐννοσίδα” P. 4.33 “Ἰφιμεδείας παῖδας, ὦτον καὶ σέ” P. 4.89 “ Αἴσονος γὰρ παῖς ἱκάνω” Jason P. 4.118 “ παῖ Ποσειδᾶνος Πετραίου” Pelias P. 4.138 Μεσσανίου δὲ γέροντος δοναθεῖσα φρὴν βόασε παῖδα ὅν Antilochos P. 6.36 Ὀικλέος παῖς Amphiareus P. 8.39 “ φυᾷ τὸ γενναῖον ἐπιπρέπει ἐκ πατέρων παισὶ λῆμα” P. 8.45
ὁ δὲ τὰν εὐώλενον φρέψατο παῖδα Κυράναν P. 9.18
“ τόθι παῖδα τέξεται” Aristaios P. 9.59 Δανάας ποτὲ παῖς Perseus P. 10.45
ὦ παῖδες Ἁρμονίας P. 11.7
Ἁγησιδάμου παῖ Chromios N. 1.29 Τιμονόου παῖδ Timodemos N. 2.10 παῖς Ἀριστοφάνεος Aristokleidas N. 3.20 Πελίαο παῖς Akastos N. 4.60
λόγον Αἰακοῦ παίδων N. 4.72

Ἐλείθυια, παῖ μεγαλοσθενέος Ἥρας N. 7.2

παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος Σωγένης N. 7.7

παίδων δὲ παῖδες ἔχοιεν αἰεὶ γέρας τό περ νῦν N. 7.100
ματέρι καὶ διδύμοις παίδεσσιν Apollo and Artemis N. 9.4
Ταλαοῦ παῖδες N. 9.14
ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις φεύγοντι καὶ παῖδες θεῶν (cf. I. 3.18) N. 9.27 παιδὶ Ἁγησιδάμου Chromios N. 9.42
Οὐλία παῖς Θεαῖος N. 10.24
Λήδας παῖς Polydeukes N. 10.66
παῖ Ῥέας Ἑστία N. 11.1
ἐλπίδες δ' ὀκνηρότεραι γονέων παιδὸς βίαν ἔσχον Aristagoras N. 11.22 τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα Herakles I. 1.13 Ἰφικλέος μὲν παῖς Iolaos I. 1.30
σέθεν, Ἀμφιτρύων, παῖδας I. 1.56
Αἰνησιδάμου παῖδες Theron and Xenokrates I. 2.29 ἄτρωτοί γε μὰν παῖδες θεῶν (cf. N. 9.27, fr. 77. 1, fr. 118: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ θεοί Σ.) I. 3.18
παίδων ὁπλοτάτου Φυλακίδα I. 6.6
ὁ Κλεονίκου παῖς Lampon I. 6.16 “ λίσσομαι παῖδα θρασὺν ἐξ Ἐριβοίας ἀνδρὶ τῷδε τελέσαι” Aias I. 6.45 “ἔσσεταί τοι παῖς, ὃν αἰτεῖς, ὦ Τελαμών” I. 6.52
ἀγλαοὶ παῖδές τε καὶ μάτρως I. 6.62
τὺ δέ, Διοδότοιο παῖ Strepsiades I. 7.31 Σίσυφον κέλοντο ᾧ παιδὶ τηλέφαντον ὄρσαι γέρας φθιμένῳ Μελικέρτᾳ fr. 5. 2. παίδεσσι Λατοῦς (Bergk: παιδ' οἱ, παῖδες οἱ codd. Theophrasti) fr. 33c. 2. Θρονίας Ἄβδηρε χαλκοθώραξ [Πος]ειδᾶ-
νός τε παῖ Pae. 2.2

Λατόος παῖδες Pae. 5.44

ἤτορι δὲ φίλῳ παῖς ἅτε ματέρι κεδνᾷ Pae. 6.12

θρασυμή]δεα πάις[ Pae. 6.77
παῖδα ποντίας Θέτιος βιατάν Achilles Πα... ]παιδα.τ[ Πα. 7. a. 2. ἀλλά μιν Κρόνου παῖ[δες] ἔκρυψαν (supp. Lobel) Πα... δίδυμοι παῖδες Artemis and Apollo Πα. 12. 1. τὰν παῖδα δε[ Πα. 22. i. 2. Δαμαίνας πα[ῖ Pagondas? Παρθ. 2.. παῖ θρασύμηδες Ἀμύντα Alexandros fr. 120. ἔμολε[.]αι παῖδα[ fr. 169. 41. ] παιδὶ δικτυ[ fr. 260. 6. Ἐχεκ[ρά]τει παιδὶ Πυθαγγέλω ?fr. 333a. 6.

b by periphrasis for

I Zeus.
Κρόνου παῖδ O. 1.10

ὦ Κρόνιε παῖ Ῥέας O. 2.12

ὦ Κρόνου παῖ O. 4.8

Κρόνου σὺν παιδὶ O. 7.67

εὐρύοπα Κρόνου παῖς Pae. 6.134
ἐλασίβροντα παῖ Ῥέας fr. 144.

II Apollo.
παῖς ὁ Λατοῦς O. 8.31
ἰήιε παῖ με[ Πα. 7C. c. 3.

III Dionysos.
παῖς ὁ κισσοφόρος O. 2.27

IV Athene.
αὐτὰ Ζηνὸς ἐγχεικεραύνου παῖς O. 13.77

V Herakles.
παῖς Διός N. 1.35

c in periphrasis. ὅθι παῖδες Ἀθαναίων ἐβάλοντο φαεννὰν κρηπῖδ' ἐλευθερίας fr. 77. 1. βούλομαι παίδεσσιν Ἑλλάνων fr. 118, cf.
παίδεσσιν Ἑλλάνων I. 4.36
ἄτρωτοί γε μὰν παῖδες θεῶν (ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ θεοί Σ.) I. 3.18

2

a boy
ἐν τέτρασιν παίδων ἀπεθήκατο γυίοις νόστον O. 8.68

Ἄργει τ' ἔσχεθε κῦδος ἀνδρῶν παῖς δ ἐν Ἀθάναις O. 9.88

παίδων ὀάροισι P. 1.98

καλός τοι πίθων παρὰ παισίν, αἰεὶ καλός P. 2.72

κεῖνος γὰρ ἐν παισὶν νέος P. 4.281

τὸ δ' ἐν ποσί μοι τράχον ἴτω τεὸν χρέος, ὦ παῖ P. 8.33

στρατῷ τ' ἀμφικτιόνων ὁ Παρνάσσιος αὐτὸν μυχὸς διαυλοδρομᾶν ὕπατον παίδων ἀνέειπεν P. 10.9

Ἀχιλεὺς παῖς ἐὼν N. 3.44

ἐν παισὶ νέοισι παῖς, ἐν ἀνδράσιν ἀνήρ N. 3.72

παῖ N. 4.90
παῖς ἐναγώνιος Alkimidas N. 6.13
παῖ N. 6.62

Ὥρα πότνια ἅ τε παρθενηίοις παίδων τ' ἐφίζοισα γλεφάροις N. 8.2
ὅδ' ἀνὴρ διπλόαν νίκαν ἀνεφάνατο παίδων λτ;τεγτ; τρίταν πρόσθεν (i. e. μετὰ παίδων Σ.) I. 4.71 τάκομαι, εὖτ' ἂν ἴδω παίδων νεόγυιον ἐς ἥβαν fr. 123. 12.

b girl νεάνιδες ὦ παῖδες fr. 122. 7.

3 descendant ὔμμιν δέ, παῖδες Ἀλάτα Corinthians O. 13.14 “ τετράτων παίδων κ' ἐπιγεινομένων αἷμα” i. e. of four generations P. 4.47 παισὶ τούτοις ὄγδοον θάλλει μέρος Ἀρκεσίλας the descendants of Battos P. 4.65
Ἀλεύα τε παῖδες P. 10.5

θανὼν ὡς παισὶ κλέος μὴ τὸ δύσφαμον προσάψω N. 8.36

μοῖραν δ' εὔνομον αἰτέω σε παισὶν δαρὸν Αἰτναίων ὀπάζειν N. 9.30

μομφὰν ἔχει παίδεσσιν Ἑλλάνων, ὅσοι Τροίανδ' ἔβαν I. 4.36
ἐν δ' Οἰνώνᾳ μεγαλήτορες ὀργαὶ Αἰακοῦ παίδων τε (sc. ἀνυμνοῦνται) I. 5.35 τοῦ μὲν (sc. Αἰακοῦ)
ἀντίθεοι ἀρίστευον υἱέες υἱέων τ' ἀρηίφιλοι παῖδες ἀνορέᾳ I. 8.25

4 met.
ἡσύχιμον ἁμέραν παῖδ' ἀελίου O. 2.32

οὐρανίων ὑδάτων, ὀμβρίων παίδων νεφέλας O. 11.3
νωμάτω φιάλαισι βιατὰν ἀμπέλου παῖδ i. e. wine N. 9.52 Διὸς παῖς ὁ χρυσός fr. 222. 1.

5 fragg. χρυ[σάορος] παῖς (supp. Snell: χρυ[σαόρ]αις G-H.) fr. 330. ] παῖ μ[ ?fr. 344. 9. ] παισί με[ P. Oxy. 1792, fr. 38

Lexicon to Pindar > παῖς
16 χάρις

χᾰρῐς (-ις, -ιν; -ιτες, -ίτων, -ίτεσσι（ν), - ις（ς）ι（ν), -ιτας, -ιτες.)

1

a splendour, honour, glory of the lustre given by achievement, esp. in games.
Πίσας τε καὶ Φερενίκου χάρις O. 1.18

αἰὼν δ' ἔφεπε μόρσιμος πλοῦτον τε καὶ χάριν ἄγων γνησίαις ἐπ ἀρεταῖς O. 2.10

ὦ Ζεῦ, δίδοι τέ οἱ αἰδοίαν χάριν καὶ ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων O. 7.89

Ἐρατιδᾶν τοι σὺν χαρίτεσσιν ἔχει θαλίας καὶ πόλις O. 7.93

καὶ Νεμέᾳ γὰρ ὁμῶς ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν O. 8.57

κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις συγγόνων κεδνὰν χάριν O. 8.80
καί νυν ἐπωνυμίαν χάριν νίκας ἀγερώχου κελαδησόμεθα (v. ἐπωνύμιος) O. 10.78
σφὸν ὄλβον υἱῷ τε κοινὰν χάριν ἔνδικόν τ' Ἀρκεσίλᾳ P. 5.102

νικῶντί γε χάριν, εἴ τι πέραν ἀερθεὶς ἀνέκραγον, οὐ τραχύς εἰμι καταθέμεν N. 7.75
κλειναῖς λτ;τγτ; Ἐρεχθειδᾶν χαρίτεσσιν ἀραρὼς ταῖς
λιπαραῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις I. 2.19
ἀλλὰ παλαιὰ γὰρ εὕδει χάρις (i. e. ἔργων παλαιῶν) I. 7.17 acc. s. pro prep., for the glory of, for the sake of c. dat., gen.,
συμποσίου τε χάριν κᾶδός τε τιμάσαις ἑόν O. 7.5

ὄφρα Θέμιν ἱερὰν Πυθῶνά τε καὶ ὀρθοδίκαν γᾶς ὀμφαλὸν κελαδήσετ' ἄκρᾳ σὺν ἑσπέρᾳ ἑπταπύλοισι Θήβαις χάριν P. 11.12

b

I lustre, glory given by poetry
τὶν δ' ἁδυεπής τε λύρα γλυκύς τ αὐλὸς ἀναπάσσει χάριν O. 10.94

σὺν Ὀρσέᾳ δέ νιν κωμάξομαι τερπνὰν ἐπιστάζων χάριν I. 4.72
θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς καὶ χάριν ἀοιδᾷ φυτεύει fr. 141. acc. s. pro prep., c. gen.,
τὸ Καστόρειον δ' ἐν Αἰολίδεσσι χορδαῖς θέλων ἄθρησον χάριν ἑπτακτύπου φόρμιγγος ἀντόμενος P. 2.70

σέθεν ἁδυεπὴς ὕμνος ὁρμᾶται θέμεν αἶνον ἀελλοπόδων μέγαν ἵππων, Ζηνὸς Αἰτναίου χάριν N. 1.6
and so, ἀγαυὸν καλάμῳ συνάγεν θρόον μήδεσί τε φρενὸς ὑμετέραν χάριν as a glory for you Pae. 9.37

II pl., poems, songs ταὶ Διωνύσου πόθεν ἐξέφανεν σὺν βοηλάτᾳ χάριτες διθυράμβῳ; O. 13.19 ἀμφοτερᾶν τοι χαρίτων σὺν θεοῖς ζεύξω τέλος, καὶ τὸν ἀκερσεκόμαν Φοῖβον χορεύων καὶ τὰν ἁλιερκέα Ἰσθμοῦ δειράδ (i. e. songs for both Thebes and Delos) I. 1.6
χρὴ δὲ κωμάζοντ' ἀγαναῖς χαρίτεσσιν βαστάσαι I. 3.8

c

I favour, blessing
ναυσιφορήτοις δ' ἀνδράσι πρώτα χάρις πομπαῖον ἐλθεῖν οὖρον P. 1.33

τῷ μὲν διδύμας χάριτας εἰ κατέβαν ὑγίειαν ἄγων χρυσέαν κῶμόν τ P. 3.72

τὶν δὲ τούτων ἐξυφαίνονται χάριτες P. 4.275

γλυκυτάτᾳ γενεᾷ εὐώνυμον κτεάνων κρατίσταν χάριν πορών P. 11.58
οὐδ' ἀμόχθῳ καρδίᾳ παραιτεῖται χάριν (i. e. τὰ Ὀλύμπια νικῆσαι Σ.) N. 10.30 ἐπί τε κλυτὰν πέμπετε χάριν, θεοί benison fr. 75. 2. ὁ [Λοξ]ίας [πρό]φρων ἀθανάταν χάριν Θήβαις ἐπιμείξων Παρθ. 2.. χάριτάς τ' Ἀφροδισίων ἐρώτων fr. 128. 1.

II goodwill, goodfeeling: gratitude, thanks “φίλια δῶρα Κυπρίας ἄγ' εἴ τι, Ποσείδαον, ἐς χάριν τέλλεται” O. 1.75 ἄνεται δὲ πρὸς χάριν εὐσεβίας ἀνδρῶν λιταῖς in gratitude for their piety O. 8.8
ὁπᾷ τε κοινὸν λόγον φίλαν τείσομεν ἐς χάριν O. 10.12

νικῶν Ἴλᾳ φερέτω χάριν Ἁγησίδαμος O. 10.17

ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν μισθόν P. 1.76

ἄγει δὲ χάρις φίλων ποί τινος ἀντὶ ἔργων ὀπιζομένα P. 2.17

οὐδὲ μολόντων πὰρ ματέρ' ἀμφὶ γέλως γλυκὺς ὦρσεν χάριν P. 8.86
Θώρακος, ὅσπερ ἐμὰν ποιπνύων χάριν τόδ' ἔζευξεν ἅρμα Πιερίδων (“dans son zèle pour ma cause,” Puech: cf. Πα. 9. 37) P. 10.64 ἁδεῖα δ' ἔνδον μιν ἔκνιξεν χάρις (ἡδονή Σ.) I. 6.50 acc. s. pro prep., Διὸς δὲ χάριν ἐκ προτέρων μεταμειψάμενοι καμάτων by the grace of Zeus P. 3.95

d χάριν prep., v. l. a. fin., 1. b. α. fin., 1. c. β. fin.

e fragg.
ε]ὐκλέα χάριν Pae. 2.103
χάριν Πα. 12. a. 11. χ]άριν [ἀμ]φέπων (vix κίθαριν, Snell) fr. 215b. 7. Ποσειδᾶνος χά[ρι]ν ?fr. 345a. 9.

2 pro pers.,

a s., Charm, Grace
Χάρις δ, ἅπερ ἅπαντα τεύχει τὰ μείλιχα θνατοῖς O. 1.30

οἷς αἰδοία ποτιστάξῃ Χάρις εὐκλέα μορφάν O. 6.76

ἄλλοτε δ' ἄλλον ἐποπτεύει Χάρις ζωθάλμιος O. 7.11
ἐν δ' ἄρα καὶ Τενέδῳ Πειθώ τ ἔναιεν καὶ Χάρις υἱὸν Ἁγησίλα ( χάρισ coni. van Groningen; varie tentabant locum docti, e. g. lacunam post υἱὸν ponentes) fr. 123. 14

b pl., the Graces, Aglaia, Euphrosyne, Thalia, daughters of Zeus and ?Eurynome, worshipped chiefly at Orchomenos.
κοιναὶ Χάριτες ἄνθεα τεθρίππων δυωδεκαδρόμων ἄγαγον O. 2.50

Οὐλυμπιονίκαν δέξαι Χαρίτων θ' ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον O. 4.9

ἐξαίρετον Χαρίτων νέμομαι κᾶπον O. 9.27

ὦ λιπαρᾶς ἀοίδιμοι βασίλειαι Χάριτες Ἐρχομενοῦ O. 14.4

οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας O. 14.8
ἄνευ οἱ Χαρίτων τέκεν γόνον (i. e. ἄχαριν, graceless) P. 2.42
σὲ δ' ἠύκομοι φλέγοντι Χάριτες P. 5.45

ἦ γὰρ ἑλικώπιδος Ἀφροδίτας ἄρουραν ἢ Χαρίτων ἀναπολίζομεν P. 6.2

ἔπεσε δ' οὐ Χαρίτων ἑκὰς ἁ δικαιόπολις νᾶσος P. 8.21

σὺν βαθυζώνοισιν ἀγγέλλων Τελεσικράτη Χαρίτεσσι γεγωνεῖν P. 9.3

Χαρίτων κελαδεννᾶν μή με λίποι καθαρὸν φέγγος P. 9.89
παρὰ καλλιχόρῳ πόλι Χαρίτων Καφισίδος ἐν τεμένει (at Orchomenos) P. 12.26
ὅ τι κε σὺν Χαρίτων τύχᾳ γλῶσσα φρενὸς ἐξέλοι βαθείας N. 4.7

φέρε στεφανώματα σὺν ξανθαῖς Χάρισσιν N. 5.54

παρὰ Κασταλίαν τε Χαρίτων ἑσπέριος ὁμάδῳ φλέγεν N. 6.37

εὔχομαι ταύταν ἀρετὰν κελαδῆσαι σὺν Χαρίτεσσιν N. 9.54

Χάριτες, Ἄργος Ἥρας δῶμα θεοπρεπὲς ὑμνεῖτε N. 10.1

Χαρίτεσσί τε καὶ σὺν Τυνδαρίδαις θαμάκις N. 10.38

σὺν Χάρισιν δ' ἔμολον Λάμπωνος υἱοῖς I. 5.21

τὰν Ψαλυχιαδᾶν δὲ πάτραν Χαρίτων ἄρδοντι καλλίστᾳ δρόσῳ I. 6.63

χρὴ δ' ἐν ἑπταπύλοισι Θήβαις τραφέντα Αἰγίνᾳ Χαρίτων ἄωτον προνέμειν I. 8.16
Χάρισι πάσαι[ς fr. 6. e.
χάριτε[ς Pae. 3.2

]Χάρισι Pae. 4.13

σε, χρυσέα κλυτόμαντι Πυθοῖ, λίσσομαι Χαρίτεσσίν τε καὶ σὺν Ἀφροδίτᾳ με δέξαι Pae. 6.3

Χαρίτεσσί μοι ἀγχιθ[ Pae. 7.10

μήλ]ων Χαρίτεσσι μίγδαν [Κύ]νθιον παρὰ κρημνόν Pae. 12.7
σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων μέλημα τερπνόν (sc. ὦ Πάν: on account of his skill in dancing and piping) fr. 95. 3. Εὐρυνόμα Χάριτ[ας] π[ ]ασσιας ἔτικτεν ( Εὐρυνόμα Blass: ευρυχμα Π: π[αραθαλ]ασσίας coni. Snell) ?fr. 333a. 10. σὺν Χαρίτ[εσσι P. Oxy. 841, fr. 112.

Lexicon to Pindar > χάρις
17 βάλλω

βάλλω, [tense] fut. βᾰλῶ (in [dialect] Att. Prose only in compds.), [dialect] Ion.

A βαλέω Il. 8.403
, βαλλήσω Ar.V. 222
, 1491: [tense] aor. 2 ἔβᾰλον, [dialect] Ion. προ-βάλεσκε Od. 5.331
; later [tense] aor. 1 ἔβαλα LXX3 Ki.6.1
(5.18); [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. inf. βαλέειν Il.2.414
,al., Hdt.2.111,al., but βαλεῖν Il.13.387
, 14.424; opt. βλείης in Epich.219, part. βλείς Id.176
, as if from ἔβλην (v. συμβάλλω): [tense] pf. βέβληκα: [tense] plpf. ἐβεβλήκειν, [dialect] Ep. βεβλήκειν Il.5.661
:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. βαλλέσκετο Hdt.9.74
: [tense] fut. βᾰλοῦμαι ([etym.] προ-) Ar.Ra. 201, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Th.6.40, etc., [dialect] Ep. βαλεῦμαι ([etym.] ἀμφι-) Od.22.103: [tense] aor. 2 ἐβᾰλόμην, [dialect] Ion. imper.
βαλεῦ Hdt.8.68
.γ, used mostly in compds.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. βληθήσομαι X.HG7.5.11
, ([etym.] δια-) E.Hec. 863; also βεβλήσομαι Id.Or. 271
, Hld.2.13, ([etym.] δια-) D.16.2; part. δια-βεβλησόμενος Philostr. VA6.13
([dialect] Ep. [tense] fut. ξυμ-βλήσομαι, v. συμβάλλω): [tense] aor. ἐβλήθην Hdt.1.34
, Th.8.84, etc.: Hom. also has an [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. [voice] Pass., ἔβλητο Il.11.675
, ξύμβλητο 14.39
; subj. βλήεται Od.17.472
; opt. βλῇο or βλεῖο Il.13.288
; inf. βλῆσθαι 4.115
; part. βλήμενος 15.495
: [tense] pf. βέβλημαι, [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. βεβλήαται 11.657
(but [ per.] 3sg. h.Ap.20), opt. δια-βεβλῇσθε And.2.24
: [tense] plpf. ἐβεβλήμην ([etym.] περι-) X.HG7.4.22, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Isoc.18.17; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. περι-εβεβλέατο Hdt.6.25
.—[dialect] Ep. [tense] pf. βεβόλημαι in special sense, v. βολέω.

A [voice] Act., throw:

I with acc. of person or thing aimed at, throw so as to hit, hit with a missile, freq. opp. striking with a weapon in the hand, βλήμενος ἠὲ τυπείς Il.15.495
; τὸν βάλεν, οὐδ' ἀφάμαρτε 11.350
, cf. 4.473, al.; so even in ἐγγύθεν ἐλβὼν βεβλήκει.. δουρί 5.73
; and δουρὶ ὤμων μεσσηγὺς σχεδόθεν βάλε 16.807
; but later opp. τοξεύειν, D.9.17, X.An.4.2.12; ἐκ χειρὸς β. ib.3.3.15: c. dat. instrumenti, β. τινὰ δουρί, πέτρῳ, κεραυνῷ, etc., Il.13.518, 20.288, Od.5.128, etc.: βλήμενος ἢ ἰῷ ἢ ἔγχεϊ Il.8.514
: c. dupl. acc. pers. et partis, μιν βάλε μηρὸν ὀϊστῷ 11.583
: c. acc. partis only, 5.19, 657; so τὸν δ' Ὀδυσεὺς κατὰ λαιμὸν.. βάλεν ἰῷ Od.22.15
; δουρὶ βαλὼν πρὸς στῆθος Il. 11.144
: c. acc. cogn., ἕλκος.., τό μιν βάλε Πάνδαρος ἰῷ 5.795
; also βάλε Τυδεΐδαο κατ' ἀσπίδα smote upon it, ib. 281.

2 less freq. of things, ἡνίοχον κονίης ῥαθάμιγγες ἔβαλλον 23.502
; of drops of blood, 11.536, cf. A.Ag. 1390: metaph., κηλὶς ἔβαλέ νιν μητροκτόνος E.IT 1200
, cf. HF 1219; of the sun, ἀκτῖσιν ἔβαλλεν [θάμνους] Od.5.479; ἔβαλλε.. οὐρανὸν Ἠώς A.R.4.885
(so [voice] Pass., σελήνη.. δι' εὐτρήτων βαλλομένη θυρίδων AP5.122
(Phld.)); strike the senses, of sound, ἵππων ὠκυπόδων ἀμφὶ κτύπος οὔατα βάλλει Il.10.535
, cf. S.Ant. 1188, Ph. 205 (lyr.); of smell, ὀσμὴ β. τινά Id.Ant. 412
; τάχ' ἂν πέμφιξ σε βροντῆς καὶ δυσοσμίας β. Id.Fr. 538
.

3 metaph., β. τινὰ κακοῖς, φθόνῳ, ψόγῳ, smite with reproaches, etc., Id.Aj. 1244, E.El. 902, Ar. Th. 895; στεφάνοις β. τινά Pi.P.8.57
(hence metaph., praise, Id.O.2.98); φθόνος βάλλει A.Ag. 947
; φίλημα βάλλει τὴν καρδίαν Ach.Tat. 2.37
.

II with acc. of the weapon thrown, cast, hurl, of missiles, rare in Hom., βαλὼν βέλος Od.9.495
; χαλκὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι βαλών Il.5
. 346, cf. Od.20.62; ἐν νηυσὶν.. πῦρ β. Il.13.629
: c. dat., of the weapon, throw or shoot with a thing, οἱ δ' ἄρα χερμαδίοισι.. βάλλον 12.155
; βέλεσι Od.16.277
: in Prose abs., β. ἐπί τινα throw at one, Th.8.75; ἐπὶ σκοπόν X.Cyr.1.6.29
; ἐπίσκοπα Luc.Am.16
; alone, οἱ ψιλοὶ βάλλοντες εἶργον Th.4.33
: c. gen., βάλλοντα τοῦ σκοποῦ hitting the mark, Pl.Sis. 391a.

2 generally of anything thrown, εἰς ἅλα λύματ' ἔβαλλον Il.1.314
; τὰ μὲν ἐν πυρὶ βάλλε Od.14.429
; [νῆα] β. ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
; εὐνὰς β. throw out the anchor-stones, 9.137; β. σπόρον cast the seed, Theoc.25.26; β. κόπρον POxy.934.9
(iii A. D.): hence
β. ἀρούρας
manure, PFay.118.21
(ii A. D.): metaph., ὕπνον.. ἐπὶ βλεφάροις β. Od.1.364
; β. σκότον ὄμμασι E.Ph. 1535
(lyr.); β. λύπην τινί S.Ph.67
.

b of persons, β. τινὰ ἐν κονίῃσιν, ἐν δαπέδῳ, Il.8.156, Od. 22.188; γῆς ἔξω β. S.OT 622
; β. τινὰ ἄθαπτον Id.Aj. 1333
; ἄτιμον Id.Ph. 1028
:—[voice] Pass., ὑπὸ χλαίνῃ βεβλημένος AP5.164
(Mel.);
βεβλημένος
on a sick-bed, Ev.Matt.8.14
: then metaph., ἐς κακὸν β. τινά Od. 12.221
; ὅς με μετ'.. ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα β. Il.2.376
; β. τινὰ ἐς ἔχθραν, ἐς φόβον, A.Pr. 390, E.Tr. 1058; also ἐν αἰτίᾳ or αἰτίᾳ β. τινά, S.OT 657, Tr. 940 (but in E.Tr. 305 β. αἰτίαν ἔς τινα) ; κινδύνῳ β. τινά A.Th. 1053
.

3 let fall, ἑτέρωσε κάρη βάλεν Il.8.306
, cf. 23.697; β. ἀπὸ δάκρυ παρειῶν Od.4.198
, cf. 114; κατὰ βλεφάρων β. δάκρυα Thgn. 1206
; κατ' ὄσσων E.Hipp. 1396
; αἵματος πέμφιγα πρὸς πέδῳ β. A.Fr. 183
; β. τοὺς ὀδόντας cast, shed them, Arist.HA 501b2, etc.; so βάλλειν alone, ib. 576a4; βοῦς βεβληκώς SIG958.7
([place name] Ceos).

4 of the eyes, ἑτέρωσε βάλ' ὄμματα cast them, Od.16.179; ὄμματα πρὸς γῆν E. Ion 582
; πρόσωπον εἰς γῆν Id.Or. 958
: intr., ὀφθαλμὸς πρὸς τὸ φῶς βαλών aiming at.., Plot.2.4.5; βαλὼν πρὸς αὐτό directing one's gaze at.., Id.3.8.10.

5 of animals, push forward or in front, τοὺς σοὺς [ἵππους] πρόσθε βαλών Il.23.572
; πλήθει πρόσθε βαλόντες (sc. ἵππους) ib. 639; βάλλε κάτωθε τὰ μοσχία Theoc.4.44
: metaph., β. ψυχὰν ποτὶ κέρδεα BionFr.5.12
.

6 in a looser sense, put, place, with or without a notion of haste, τὼ μὲν.. βαλέτην ἐν χερσὶν ἑταίρων Il.5.574
, cf. 17.40, 21.104; μῆλα.. ἐν νηΐ β. Od.9.470
; ἐπὶ γᾶν ἴχνος ποδὸς β. E.Rh. 721
(lyr.); φάσγανον ἐπ' αὐχένος β. Id.Or.51
; τοὺς δακτύλους εἰς τὰ ὦτα Ev.Marc.7.33
; β. πλίνθους lay bricks, Edict.Diocl.7.15; pour, οἶνον εἰς ἀσκούς Ev.Matt.9.17
; εἰς πίθον Arr.Epict.4.13.12
, cf. Dsc.1.71.5 (v.l. for ἐμβ.): metaph., ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βάλε ποιμένι λαῶν Il.5.513
; ὅπως.. φιλότητα μετ' ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν may put friendship between them, 4.16; μαντεύσομαι ὡς ἐνὶ θυμῷ ἀθάνατοι βάλλουσι Od.1.201
; ἐν καρδίᾳ β. Pi.O.13.16
; but also θυμῷ, ἐς θυμὸν β., lay to heart, A.Pr. 706, S.OT 975.

b esp. of putting round, ἀμφ' ὀχέεσσι θοῶς βάλε καμπύλα κύκλα Il.5.722
; of clothes or arms, ἀμφὶ δ' Ἀθήνη ὤμοις.. βάλ' αἰγίδα 18.204
; put on, φαιὰ ἱμάτια Plb. 30.4.5
.

c place money on deposit, ἀργύριον τοῖς τραπεζίταις Ev.Matt.25.27
.

d pay, PLond.3.1177 (ii A. D.), POxy.1448.5 (iv A. D.).

7 of dice, throw, τρὶς ἓξ βαλεῖν A.Ag.33
, cf. Pl.Lg. 968e; ἄλλα βλήματ' ἐν κύβοις βαλεῖν E.Supp. 330
: so prob. ψῆφος βαλοῦσα, abs., by its throw, A.Eu. 751: metaph., εὖ or
καλῶς βάλλειν
to be lucky, successful, Phld.
lr.p.51 W., Rh.1.10 S.

III intr., fall, ποταμὸς Μινυήϊος εἰς ἅλα βάλλων Il.11.722
, cf. A.R.2.744, etc.; ἄνεμος κατ' αὐτῆς (sc. νεώς) ἔβαλε Act.Ap.27.14
; [ἵππους] περὶ τέρμα βαλούσας having run round the post, Il.23.462; ἐγὼ δὲ.. τάχ' ἐν πέδῳ βαλῶ (sc. ἐμαυτήν) A.Ag. 1172 (lyr.); λίμνηθεν ὅτ' εἰς ἁλὸς οἶδμα βάλητε arrive at.., A.R.4.1579; εἴσω β. enter a river's mouth, Orac. ap.D.S.8.23; βαλὼν κάθευδε lie down and sleep, Arr.Epict.2.20.10; τί οὖν, οὐ ῥέγκω βαλών; ib.4.10.29; βαλὼν ἐπὶ τῆς στιβάδος ἐπεχείρει καθεύδειν Anon.
ap. POxy.1368.51; cf. A. 11.4.

2 in familiar language,
βάλλ' ἐς κόρακας
away with you! be hanged! Ar.V. 835
, etc.; βάλλ' ἐς μακαρίαν Pl.Hp.Ma. 293a
, cf. Men.Epit. 389.

B [voice] Med., put for oneself, ὡς ἐνὶ θυμῷ βάλλεαι that thou may'st lay it to heart, Il.20.196, cf. Od.12.218; σὺ δ' ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν Hes.Op. 107
; εἰ μὲν δὴ νόστον γε μετὰ φρεσὶ.. βάλλεαι Il.9.435
; ἐς θυμὸν βαλέσθαι τι Hdt.1.84
, etc.; εἰς or ἐπὶ νοῦν, εἰς μνήμην, Plu.Thes. 24, Jul.Or.2.58a, etc. (v. supr. A.11.6); ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν βαλόμενοι on their own responsibility, Hdt.4.160, cf. 3.71, al.; ἑτέρως ἐβάλοντο θεοί, v. l. for ἐβόλοντο in Od.1.234; θεοὶ δ' ἑτέρωσε βάλοντο Q.S.1.610
.

2 τόξα or ξίφος ἀμφ' ὤμοισιν βάλλεσθαι throw about one's shoulder, Il.10.333, 19.372, etc.; ἐπὶ κάρα στέφη β. E.IA 1513
(lyr.).

3 ἐς γαστέρα βάλλεσθαι γόνον
conceive, Hdt.3.28
.

4 lay as foundation, κρηπῖδα βαλέσθαι Pi.P.7.3
, cf. 4.138, Luc.Hipp.4; also, lay the foundations of, begin to form, οἰκοδομίας Pl.Lg. 779b
; χάρακα Plb.3.105.10
, Poll. 8.161; simply, build, ἱερὸν περί τι Philostr.VA4.13
; β. ἄγκυραν cast anchor, Hdt.9.74, etc.; καθάπερ ἐξ ἀγκυρῶν βαλλόμενος ψυχῆς δεσμούς Pl.Ti. 73d
.

II rarely, χρόα βάλλεσθαι λουτροῖς dash oneself with water, bathe, h.Cer.50 (but λουτρὰ ἐπὶ χροῒ βαλεῖν E.Or. 303
). (Arc. - δέλλω in ἐς-δέλλοντες, = ἐκ-βάλλοντες, IG5(2).6.49: ζέλλειν· βάλλειν, Hsch. Root g[uglide]el- 'throw', Skt. galati 'trickle', OHG. quellan 'spurt up', Lith. gulēti 'lie'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > βάλλω
18 διδάσκω

δῐδάσκω, [dialect] Ep.inf. - έμεναι and -έμεν, Il.9.442, 23.308: [tense] fut.

A διδάξω A. Supp. 519
, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐδίδαξα Il.23.307
, etc.; poet. ἐδιδάσκησα h.Cer. 144
(prob.), Hes.Op.64, Pi.P.4.217: [tense] pf. δεδίδαχα X.Cyr.1.3.18
, Pl. Men. 85e:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. διδάξομαι: [tense] aor. ἐδιδαξάμην:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. διδαχθήσομαι D.H.3.70
, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐδιδάχθην Sol.13.51
, Hdt.3.81, Ar.Nu. 637, etc.: [tense] pf. δεδίδαγμαι Il.11.831
, Pl.Phdr. 269c, etc. Redupl. form of δάω (q.v.) in causal sense:— instruct a person, or teach a thing, Il. 11.832, 9.442: c. dupl. acc., σε.. ἱπποσύνας ἐδίδαξαν they taught thee riding, 23.307, cf. Od.8.481; πολλὰ διδάσκει μ' ὁ πολὺς βίοτος E. Hipp. 252
(lyr.), etc.; also δ. τινὰ περί τινος Ar.Nu. 382
; δ. τῶν γενομένων τισὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν Pl.Tht. 201b
: c. acc. pers. et inf., σε διδάσκουσιν θεοὶ αὐτοὶ ὑψαγόρην ἔμεναι teach thee to be.., Od.1.384: c. inf. only, δίδαξε γὰρ Ἄρτεμις αὐτὴ βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα she taught how to shoot, Il.5.51, etc.: without inf., πολλοὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς ῥήτορας διδάσκουσιν Aristonym.
ap. Stob.3.4.105; δ. πολλοὺς αὐλητάς Charon
9; τούτους ἱππέας ἐδίδαξεν οὐδενὸς χείρους Pl.Men. 94b
; also δ. τινὰ σοφόν E.Heracl. 575
: with an abstract subject, πολυμαθίη νόον οὐ διδάσκει Heraclit.40
; ξενιτείη αὐτάρκειαν δ. Democr.246
:—[voice] Med., teach oneself, learn, φθέγμα καὶ ἀστυνόμους ὀργὰς ἐδιδάξατο S.Ant. 356
(lyr.); but usu., have one taught or educated, esp. of a father, τὰ ἄλλα.. διδάσκεσθαι τοὺς ὑεῖς Pl.Prt. 325b
; δ. τοὺς ὑεῖς τὰς κούφας ἐργασίας Arist.Pol. 1321a24
: c. inf., δ. τινὰ ἱππεύειν Pl.R. 467e
; δ. τινα ἱππέα Id.Men. 93d
, cf. X.Mem.4.4.5 (this distn. between [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. was neglected by some Poets and late Prose writers, [voice] Med. being used like [voice] Act. in Pi.O.8.59, Luc.Somn.10, etc.; but in Ar.Nu. 783 Elmsl. restored διδάξαιμ' ἄν σ' ἔτι for διδαξαίμην σ' ἔτι, and in Pl.R. 421e Cobet cj. διδάξει for - εται: [voice] Med. is used of gods, [θεοί].. ὅπλων χρῆσιν διδαξάμενοι Id.Mx. 238b
):—[voice] Pass., to be taught, learn, c. gen., διδασκόμενος πολέμοιο trained, skilled in war, Il. 16.811: c. acc., τά σε προτί φασιν Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι which [medicines] they say thou wert taught by Achilles, 11.831, cf. Arat.529; ὃς οὔτ' ἐδιδάχθη οὔτε εἶδε καλὸν οὐδέν Hdt.3.81
; διδάξω καὶ διδάξομαι λόγους E.Andr. 739
: freq. c. inf., δεδιδαγμένον εἶναι χειροήθεα Hdt.2.69
; βρέφος διδάσκεται λέγειν ἀκούειν θ' E.Supp. 914
; διδάσκεσθαι ὡς .. X. HG2.3.45.

2 c. gen., indicate, give sign of, χειμῶνος συναγειρομένοιο Arat.793
, cf. 734.

II abs., explain, πῶς δή; δίδαξον A.Eu. 431
; σαφῶς δ. Th.2.60
, etc.; show by argument, prove, λέγων διδασκέτω X.An.5.7.11
, etc.; δ. περί τινος ὡς .. Th.3.71; ἡλίκον ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλαζόνευμα.. πειράσομαι.. διδάξαι Aeschin.3.238
; ποιητὴς δ. ὅτι .. Jul. Or.2.50b.

III of dithyrambic and dramatic Poets (cf. διδάσκαλος 11
), δ. διθύραμβον, δρᾶμα, produce a piece, Hdt.1.23, 6.21; Πέρσας Ar.Ra. 1026
, cf. Pl.Prt. 327d, IG12.770, al.:—[voice] Med., διδάξασθαι χορόν train one's own chorus, Simon.145.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διδάσκω
19 δίδωμι

δίδωμι, Il.23.620, etc. (late [full] δίδω POxy. 121 (iii A. D.)); late forms, [ per.] 1pl. διδόαμεν v. l. in J.BJ3.8.5, etc., [ per.] 3pl. δίδωσι ([etym.] παρα-) Id.AJ10.4.1, etc.; but thematic forms are freq. used, esp. in [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion., διδοῖς, διδοῖσθα, Il.9.164, 19.270,

A διδοῖ Od.17.350
, Mimn.2.16, Hdt.2.48, Hp.Aër.12 ([etym.] ἀνα-), A.Supp. 1010, etc., διδοῦσι Il.19.265
(always in Hom.), dub. in [dialect] Att., Antiph.156; imper. δίδου Thgn.1303
, Hdt.3.140, E.Or. 642, δίδοι Pi.O.1.85
, Epigr. in Class.Phil.4.78, [dialect] Ep. δίδωθι Od.3.380
; inf. διδόναι, also διδοῦν Thgn.1329
, [dialect] Ep. διδοῦναι Il.24.425
, [dialect] Aeol. δίδων Theoc.29.9
; part. διδούς, [dialect] Aeol. δίδοις Alc.Supp.23.13
: [tense] impf. ἐδίδουν -ους -ου, Ar.Eq. 678, Od.19.367, 11.289 ([dialect] Ep. δίδου Il. 5.165
), etc.; [ per.] 3pl. ἐδίδοσαν Hdt.8.9
, etc., ἐδίδουν (v.l. ἐδίδων) Hes. Op. 139, D.H.5.6 codd. ([etym.] ἀπ-), also ἔδιδον prob. in h.Cer. 437, δίδον ib. 328; [dialect] Ep. iter. δόσκον Il.14.382
: [tense] fut. δώσω 14.268
, etc., [dialect] Ep. διδώσω Od.13.358
, 24.314; inf. δωσέμεναι Il.13.369
: [tense] aor. 1 ἔδωκα, used only in ind., Od.9.361, etc., [dialect] Ep. δῶκα Il.4.43
: [tense] aor. 2 ἔδων, used in pl. ind. ἔδομεν ἔδοτε ἔδοσαν ([dialect] Lacon. ἔδον IG5(1).1
B1), and in moods, δός, δῶ, δοίην, δοῦναι, δούς; [dialect] Ep. forms of [tense] aor., subj. [ per.] 3sg. δώῃ, δώῃσι, δῷσι, Il.16.725, 1.324, Od.2.144; [ per.] 3sg. δώη, [dialect] Boeot. δώει SIG2858.17
(Delph.), IG7.3054 (Lebad.), δοῖ PPetr.2
.p.24; [ per.] 1pl. δώομεν Il.7.299
, Od.16.184, [ per.] 3pl. δώωσι Il.1.137
; [ per.] 3sg. opt. is written δόη UPZ1.4
, δοῖ IG14.1488
, etc.; inf. δόμεναι Il.1.116
, δόμεν 4.379
(also [dialect] Dor., Ar.Lys. 1163 ([etym.] ἀπο-) , δόμειν SIG942
([place name] Dodona)); Cypr. inf. δοϝέναι Inscr.Cypr.135.5H.
(also opt. δυϝάνοι ib. 6); Arc. part. ἀπυ-δόας IG5(2).6.13
([place name] Tegea); inf. δῶναι Schwyzer 666.2
(Orchom., iii B. C.), also in later Greek, BGU38.13 (ii A. D.): [tense] pf. δέδωκα Pi.N.2.8
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. [ per.] 3pl. ἀπο-δεδόανθι IG7.3171.35
(Orchom.): [tense] plpf. ἐδεδώκει X.Cyr.1.4.26
:—[voice] Med. only in compds.:— [voice] Pass., [tense] fut. δοθήσομαι E.Ph. 1650
, Is.3.39, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐδόθην Od.2.78
, etc.: [tense] pf. δέδομαι Il.5.428
, A.Supp. 1041, Th.1.26, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. δέδονται E.Supp. 757
: [tense] plpf. ἐδέδοτο Th.3.109
:—give freely, τινί τι Od.24.274
, etc.: in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf., to be ready to give, offer, Il.9.519, Hdt.5.94, 9.109, Ar.Fr. 100, X.An.6.3.9, etc.;
τὰ διδόμενα
things offered, D.18.119
.

2 of the gods, grant, assign, κῦδος, νίκην, etc., Il.19.204, 11.397, etc.; of evils, δ. ἄλγεα, ἄτας, κήδεα, etc., 1.96, 19.270, Od.9.15, etc.; twice in Hom. in [voice] Pass., οὔ τοι δέδοται πολεμήϊα ἔργα not to thee have deeds of war been granted, Il.5.428, cf. Od.2.78; later εὖ διδόναι τινί give good fortune, provide well for.., S.OT 1081, OC 642, E.Andr. 750: abs., of the laws, grant permission, δόντων αὐτῷ τῶν νόμων Is.7.2
, cf. Pl.Lg. 813c.

3 offer to the gods, ἑκατόμβας, ἱρὰ θεοῖσιν, Il.12.6, Od.1.67, etc.

4 with inf. added, ξεῖνος γάρ οἱ ἔδωκεν.. ἐς πόλεμον φορέειν gave it him to wear in war, Il.15.532, cf. 23.183; δῶκε [τεύχεα] θεράποντι φορῆναι 7.149
: later freq. of giving to eat or drink, ἐκ χειρὸς διδοῖ πιεῖν Hdt.4.172
, cf. Cratin.124, Pherecr.69, etc.; ἐδίδου ῥοφεῖν Ar.Fr. 203
; δίδου μασᾶσθαι Eup. 253
; δὸς καταφαγεῖν Hegem.1
; τὴν κύλικα δὸς ἐμπιεῖν Pherecr.41
; δὸς τὴν μεγάλην σπάσαι Diph.17.7
; with inf. omitted, φιάλην ἔδωκε κεράσας Ephipp.10
; εὐζωρότερον δός Diph.58
; also of giving water to wash with, δίδου κατὰ χειρός (sc. νίψασθαι) Arched.2.3, cf. Alex.261.2.

5 Prose phrases, δ. ὅρκον, opp. λαμβάνειν, tender an oath, δοκεῖ κἂν ὀμόσαι εἴ τις αὐτῷ ὅρκον διδοίη Is.9.24
, cf. D.39.3, Arist. Rh. 1377a8; δ. ψῆφον, γνώμην, put a proposal to the vote, propose a resolution, D.21.87, 24.13: δ. χάριν, = χαρίζεσθαι, S.Aj. 1354, Cratin. 317; ὀργῇ χάριν δούς having indulged.., S.OC 855; λόγον τινὶ δ. give one leave to speak, X.HG5.2.20;
δ. λόγον σφίσι
deliberate, Hdt. 1.97
; οὐκ, εἰ διδοίης.. σαυτῷ λόγον S.OT 583
; δοῦναι, λαβεῖν λόγον, Arist.SE 165a27 (but δ. λόγον, εὐθύνας, render accounts, IG12.91, al.): δ. δίκην or δίκας, v. δίκη: ἀκοὴν δ. λόγοις lend an ear to.., S. El.30, etc.; δ. ἐργασίαν give diligence, = Lat. dare operam, OGI441.109 (Lagina, i B. C.), POxy.742.11: c. inf., Ev.Luc.12.58: abs., sc. πληγήν, λίθῳ δ. τινί PLips. 13 iii 3
; ἐμβολὰς διδόναι, ram, of ships, D.S.13.10.

II c. acc. pers., hand over, deliver up, ἀχέεσσί με δώσεις Od.19.167
; μιν.. ὀδύνῃσιν ἔδωκεν Il.5.397
; Ἕκτορα κυσίν 23.21
; πυρί τινα Od.24.65
; πληγαῖς τινά Pl.R. 574c
; ἔδωκε θῆρας φόβῳ Pi.P.5.60
.

2 of parents, give their daughter to wife, θυγατέρα ἀνδρί Il.6.192
, Od.4.7; also of Telemachus, ἀνέρι μητέρα δώσω 2.223
; τὴν.. Σάμηνδε ἔδοσαν gave her in marriage to go to Samé, 15.367, cf. 17.442; with inf. added, δώσω σοι Χαρίτων μίαν ὀπυιέμεναι Il. 14.268
: in Prose and Trag., θυγατέρα δ. τινὶ γυναῖκα Hdt.1.107
, cf. Th.6.59, X.HG4.1.4, etc.: abs., ἐδίδοσαν καὶ ἤγοντο ἐξ ἀλλήλων Hdt. 5.92
.β, cf. E.Med. 288; also δ. κόρᾳ ἄνδρα Pi.P.9.117
.

3 διδόναι τινά τινι grant another to one's entreaties, pardon him at one's request, X.An.6.6.31; διδόναι τινί τι forgive one a thing, condone it, E.Cyc. 296 (s. v. l.).

4 δ. ἑαυτόν τινι give oneself up, δ. σφέας αὐτοὺς τοῖσι Ἀθηναίοισι Hdt.6.108
, cf. S.Ph.84, Th.2.68; τινὶ εἰς χεῖρας S.El. 1348
; δ. ἑαυτὸν τοῖς δεινοῖς D.18.97
; εἰς τοὺς κινδύνους Plb.3.17.8
; εἰς ἔντευξιν Id.3.15.4
; εἰς τρυφήν, εἰς λῃστείας, D.S.17.108, 18.47: c. inf., δίδωσ' ἑκὼν κτείνειν ἑαυτόν S.Ph. 1341
.

5 appoint, establish, of a priest, LXXEx.31.6; δῶμεν ἀρχηγόν ib.Nu. 14.4; δ. τινὰ εἰς ἔθνος μέγα ib.Ge.17.20; place, τινὰ ὑπεράνω πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ib.De.28.1:—[voice] Pass., οἱ δεδομένοι, = Nethinim, ministers of the Temple, ib.Ne.5.3; ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα .. orders were given them that.., Apoc.9.5.

III in vows and prayers, c. acc. pers. et inf., grant, allow, bring about that.., esp. in prayers, δὸς ἀποφθίμενον δῦναι δόμον Ἄϊδος εἴσω grant that he may go.., Il.3.322; τὸν κασίγνητον δότε τυίδ' ἴκεσθαι Sapph.Supp.1.2
; δός με τείσασθαι give me to.., A.Ch.18, cf. Eu.31; also c. dat. pers., τούτῳ.. εὐτυχεῖν δοῖεν θεοί Id.Th. 422
; θεοὶ δοῖέν ποτ' αὐτοῖς.. παθεῖν S.Ph. 316
, cf. OC 1101, 1287, Pl.Lg. 737b.

2 grant, concede in argument, δ. καὶ συγχωρεῖν Id.Phd. 100b
, cf. Arist.Metaph. 990a12, al.: c. inf., Id.Ph. 239b29; δ. εἶναι θεούς Iamb.Myst.1.3
; ἑνὸς ἀτόπου δοθέντος τἆλλα συμβαίνει Arist.Ph. 186a9
; δεδομένα, τά, data, title of work by Euclid; ἡ δοθεῖσα γραμμή, γωνία, etc., Pl.Men. 87a, Euc.1.9, etc.; δεδόσθω κύκλος Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.6
, al.; also in Alchemy, δός take certain substances, Pleid.X.69.

IV Gramm., describe, record, Sch.Pi. P.5.93, Sch.Il.16.207.

V seemingly intr., give oneself up, devote oneself, c. dat., esp. ἡδονῇ E.Ph.21
, Plu.Publ.13; ἡδοναῖς Philostr. VS1.12
; ἐλπίδι J.AJ17.12.2
; εἰς δημοκοπίαν D.S.25.8
;
δρόμῳ δοὺς φέρεσθαι
at full speed, Alciphr.3.47
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δίδωμι
20 εἰ

εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.

A ἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.

A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper., εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.

2 in wishes, c. opt., ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later, εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); εἴ μοι γένοιτο φθόγγος ἐν βραχίοσιν E.Hec. 836
: more freq. folld. by γάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.; εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
; εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
; εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt., εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
; Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind., εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands), αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.

b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν 2.33
; εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
; ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.); εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf., γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).

c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes, αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.

d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use), εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.

B IN CONDITIONS, if:

I with INDIC.,

1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi, εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
; εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
; εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
; κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475; εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
; εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.

b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres., εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf., εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.

2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically, εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; εἰ μὴ βοηθήσετε οὐ περιέσται τἀκεῖ Th.6.91
; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά E.Fr.5
; εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,

b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.

3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.

a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9; αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.

b with [tense] aor. referring to past time, εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4; καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi, εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.

c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.

II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects, αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt., εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose, εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; εἴ τι που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος ἀφειμένον ᾖ Pl.Lg. 761c
: in later Prose, εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
; εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.

1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549; ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.

2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted, εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.

b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.

III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),

1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223; εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
; οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.

b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; also εἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.

2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom., εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66; ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence, ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.

3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145; ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.

4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v. ἄν A. 111
. d).

IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt., εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; εἰ εἶναι τοῦτο μὴ φίλον 2.64
, cf. 172, 3.105, 108.

V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43; οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses, ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
; δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ἐθαύμαζον εἴ τι ἕξει τις χρήσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ Pl.Phd. 95a
; οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη) εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
; ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ D.8.55
; δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ οἱ ἐκείνων ξύμμαχοι οὐκ ἀπεροῦσιν Th.1.121
; τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.

VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.; εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.

VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:

1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.

2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.

3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:

a εἰ μή except, οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only, ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20; εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
; εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.

b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise, προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433; ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
; οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.

c εἰ δέ sts. stands for εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; εἰ δ' οὖν S.Ant. 722
; εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.

d εἰ γάρ for if so, Id.7.3.6.

e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any, τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
; ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.; εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.; εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).

f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever, ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594; αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers, εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.

g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.); εἴ που Od.4.193
.

h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1), πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.

VIII with other PARTICLES:

1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.

2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., v. ὡς and ὥσπερ.

3 for εἰ ἄρα, v. ἄρα; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, v. εἰ δή, εἴπερ; for εἴ γε, v. γέ.

IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.

C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:

1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183; εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.

2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical, ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.

3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a; ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.

4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.

5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ' ἔνδον εἴτ' οὐκ ἔνδον S.Aj.7
; σκοπῶμεν εἰ ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ Pl.R. 451d
; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a; πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b; ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰ

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

θέοι — θέοῑ , θέω dhávate pres opt act 3rd sg (epic doric ionic aeolic) … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
Αώοι θεοί — Θεοί της αρχαιότητας που συνδέονταν με τη λατρεία του Ήλιου και είχαν σχέση με τα Καβείρεια μυστήρια της Σαμοθράκης. Ο Ησύχιος αναφέρει ότι ήταν «θεοί που μεταφέρθηκαν από το Δρόμο (άγνωστη χώρα) στη Σαμοθράκη ή τη Λήμνο» … Dictionary of Greek
θεοῖ — θεάω gaze at pres opt act 3rd sg (attic epic doric ionic) … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
θεοί — θεός God masc nom/voc pl … Greek morphological index (Ελληνική μορφολογικούς δείκτες)
ενφέρνιοι θεοί — ἐνφέρνιοι θεοί (Α) πιθ. οι inferni τών Ρωμαίων, οι χθόνιοι θεοί, οι θεοί τού Άδη … Dictionary of Greek
Μεγάλοι θεοί — Εναλλακτική ονομασία των Καβείρων. Επρόκειτο για θεούς τους οποίους είχε παραλάβει και διατηρήσει η ελληνική θρησκεία από την προελληνική ή πελασγική θρησκεία. Ονομάζονταν επίσης θεοί ισχυροί ή θεοί δυνατοί, ενώ ήταν κατ’ άλλους τέσσερις και κατ’ … Dictionary of Greek
Ἀνάγκῃ οὐδὲ θεοὶ μάχονται. — ἀνάγκῃ οὐδὲ θεοὶ μάχονται. См. Нужда закон изменяет … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Χθόνιοι θεοί — Έτσι ονομάζονταν στην αρχαία Ελλάδα οι θεοί και οι δαίμονες που είχαν σχέση με τον Άδη ή τη χθόνα (Γη). Κυριότεροι ήταν ο Πλούτωνας, η Περσεφόνη, η Δήμητρα, ο Χθόνιος Ερμής, η Εκάτη, ο Χάροντας και ο Θάνατος. Τους προσέφεραν σπονδές και τους… … Dictionary of Greek
Οὔ πως ἅμα πάντα θεοὶ δόσαν ἀνθρώποισιν. — См. Всезнанья Бог человеку не дал … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Αἴγε θεοί γ’ εὐέκωσι. — См. Если угодно будет Богу … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
Ὃν οἱ θεοὶ φιλοῦσιν ἀποθνήσκει νέος. — См. Молодые по выбору мрут, старые поголовно … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

οἱ θεοί

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

οἱ θεοί

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: